Patent Grant
8829036
This invention relates to heterocyclic aspartyl protease inhibitors, pharmaceutical compositions comprising said compounds, their use in the treatment of cardiovascular diseases, cognitive and neurodegenerative diseases, and their use as inhibitors of the Human Immunodeficiency Virus, plasmepsins, cathepsin D and protozoal enzymes.
Eight human aspartic proteases of the A1 (pepsin-like) family are known to date: pepsin A and C, renin, BACE, BACE 2, Napsin A, cathepsin D in pathological conditions.
The role of renin-angiotensin system (RAS) in regulation of blood pressure and fluid electrolyte has been well established (Oparil, S, et al. N Engl J Med 1974; 291:381-401/446-57). The octapeptide Angiotensin-II, a potent vasoconstrictor and stimulator for release of adrenal aldosterone, was processed from the precursor decapeptide Angiotensin-I, which in turn was processed from angiotensinogen by the renin enzyme. Angiotensin-II was also found to play roles in vascular smooth muscle cell growth, inflammation, reactive oxygen species generation and thrombosis, influence atherogenesis and vascular damage. Clinically, the benefit of interruption of the generation of angiotensin-II through antagonism of conversion of angiotensin-I has been well known and there are a number of ACE inhibitor drugs on the market. The blockade of the earlier conversion of angiotensinogen to angiotensin-I, i.e. the inhibition of renin enzyme, is expected to have similar but not identical effects. Since renin is an aspartyl protease whose only natural substrate is angiotensinogen, it is believed that there would be less frequent adverse effect for controlling high blood pressure and related symptoms regulated by angiotensin-II through its inhibition.
Another protease, Cathepsin-D, is involved in lysosomal biogenesis and protein targeting, and may also be involved in antigen processing and presentation of peptide fragments. It has been linked to numerous diseases including, Alzheimer's, disease, connective tissue disease, muscular dystrophy and breast cancer.
Alzheimer's disease (AD) is a progressive neurodegenerative disease that is ultimately fatal. Disease progression is associated with gradual loss of cognitive function related to memory, reasoning, orientation and judgment. Behavioral changes including confusion, depression and aggression also manifest as the disease progresses. The cognitive and behavioral dysfunction is believed to result from altered neuronal function and neuronal loss in the hippocampus and cerebral cortex. The currently available AD treatments are palliative, and while they ameliorate the cognitive and behavioral disorders, they do not prevent disease progression. Therefore there is an unmet medical need for AD treatments that halt disease progression.
Pathological hallmarks of AD are the deposition of extracellular β-amyloid (Aβ) plaques and intracellular neurofibrillary tangles comprised of abnormally phosphorylated protein tau. Individuals with AD exhibit characteristic Aβ deposits, in brain regions known to be important for memory and cognition. It is believed that Aβ is the fundamental causative agent of neuronal cell loss and dysfunction which is associated with cognitive and behavioral decline. Amyloid plaques consist predominantly of Aβ peptides comprised of 40-42 amino acid residues, which are derived from processing of amyloid precursor protein (APP). APP is processed by multiple distinct protease activities. Aβ peptides result from the cleavage of APP by β-secretase at the position corresponding to the N-terminus of Aβ, and at the C-terminus by γ-secretase activity. APP is also cleaved by α-secretase activity resulting in the secreted, non-amyloidogenic fragment known as soluble APP.
An aspartyl protease known as BACE-1 has been identified as the β-secretase activity responsible for cleavage of APP at the position corresponding to the N-terminus of Aβ peptides.
Accumulated biochemical and genetic evidence supports a central role of Aβ in the etiology of AD. For example, Aβ has been shown to be toxic to neuronal cells in vitro and when injected into rodent brains. Furthermore inherited forms of early-onset AD are known in which well-defined mutations of APP or the presenilins are present. These mutations enhance the production of Aβ and are considered causative of AD.
Since Aβ peptides are formed as a result β-secretase activity, inhibition of BACE-1 should inhibit formation of Aβ peptides. Thus inhibition of BACE-1 is a therapeutic approach to the treatment of AD and other cognitive and neurodegenerative diseases caused by Aβ plaque deposition.
Human immunodeficiency virus (HIV), is the causative agent of acquired immune deficiency syndrome (AIDS). It has been clinically demonstrated that compounds such as indinavir, ritonavir and saquinavir which are inhibitors of the HIV aspartyl protease result in lowering of viral load. As such, the compounds described herein would be expected to be useful for the treatment of AIDS. Traditionally, a major target for researchers has been HIV-1 protease, an aspartyl protease related to renin.
In addition, Human T-cell leukemia virus type I (HTLV-I) is a human retrovirus that has been clinically associated with adult T-cell leukemia and other chronic diseases. Like other retroviruses, HTLV-I requires an aspartyl protease to process viral precursor proteins, which produce mature virions. This makes the protease an attractive target for inhibitor design. (Moore, et al. Purification of HTLV-I Protease and Synthesis of Inhibitors for the treatment of HTLV-I Infection 55th Southeast Regional Meeting of the American Chemical Society, Atlanta, Ga., US Nov. 16-19, 2003 (2003), 1073. CODEN; 69EUCH Conference, AN 2004:137641 CAPLUS.)
Plasmepsins are essential aspartyl protease enzymes of the malarial parasite. Compounds for the inhibition of aspartyl proteases plasmepsins, particularly I, II, IV and HAP, are in development for the treatment of malaria. (Freire, et al. WO 2002074719. Na Byoung-Kuk, et al. Aspartic proteases of Plasmodium vivax are highly conserved in wild isolates Korean Journal of Prasitology (2004 June), 42(2) 61-6. Journal code: 9435800) Furthermore, compounds used to target aspartyl proteases plasmepsins (e.g. I, II, IV and HAP), have been used to kill malarial parasites, thus treating patients thus afflicted.
The present invention relates to compounds having the structural formula I
or a stereoisomer, tautomer, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or ester thereof, wherein
W is a bond, —C(═S)—, —S(O)—, —S(O)2—, —C(═O)—, —O—, —C(R6)(R7)—, —N(R5)— or —C(═N(R5))—;
X is —O—, —N(R5)— or —C(R6)(R7)—; provided that when X is —O—, U is not —O—, —S(O)—, —S(O)2—, —C(═O)— or —C(═NR5)—;
U is a bond, —S(O)—, —S(O)2—, —C(O)—, —O—, —P(O)(OR15)—, —C(═NR5)—, —(C(R6)(R7))b— or —N(R5)—; wherein b is 1 or 2; provided that when W is —S(O)—, —S(O)2—, —O—, or —N(R5)—, U is not —S(O)—, —S(O)2—, —O—, or —N(R5)—; provided that when X is —N(R5)— and W is —S(O)—, —S(O)2—, —O—, or —N(R5)—, then U is not a bond;
R1, R2 and R5 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, arylcycloalkyl, —OR15, —CN, —C(O)R8, —C(O)OR9, —S(O)R10, —S(O)2R10, —C(O)N(R11)(R12), —S(O)N(R11)(R12), —S(O)2N(R11)(R12), —NO2, —N═C(R8)2 and —N(R8)2, provided that R1 and R5 are not both selected from —NO2, —N═C(R8)2 and —N(R8)2;
R3, R4, R6 and R7 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, halo, —CH2—O—Si(R9)(R10(R19), —SH, —CN, —OR9, —C(O)R8, —C(O)OR9, —C(O)N(R11)(R12), —SR19, —S(O)N(R11)(R12), —S(O)2N(R11)(R12), —N(R11)(R12), —N(R11)C(O)R8, —N(R11)S(O)R10, —N(R11)C(O)N(R12)(R13), —N(R11)C(O)OR9 and —C(═NOH)R8; provided that when U is —O— or —N(R5)—, then R3, R4, R6 and R7 are not halo, —SH, —OR9, —SR19, —S(O)N(R11)(R12), —S(O)2N(R11)(R12), —N(R11)(R12), —N(R11)C(O)R8, —N(R11)S(O)R10, —N(R11)C(O)N(R12)(R13), or —N(R11)C(O)OR9; provided that when W is —O— or —N(R5)—, then R3 and R4 are not halo, —SH, —OR9, —SR19, —S(O)N(R11)(R12), —S(O)2N(R11)(R12), —N(R11)(R12), —N(R11)C(O)R6, —N(R11)S(O)R10, —N(R11)C(O)N(R12)(R13), or —N(R11)C(O)OR9; and provided that when X is —N(R5)—, W is —C(O)— and U is a bond, R3 and R4 are not —halo, —CN, —SH, —OR9, —SR19, —S(O)N(R11)(R12) or —S(O)2N(R11)(R12); or R3, R4, R6 and R7, together with the carbon to which they are attached, form a 3-7 membered cycloalkyl group optionally substituted by R14 or a 3-7 membered cycloalkylether optionally substituted by R14;
or R3 and R4 or R6 and R7 together with the carbon to which they are attached, are combined to form multicyclic groups such as
wherein M is —CH2—, S, —N(R19)— or O, A and B are independently aryl or heteroaryl and q is 0, 1 or 2 provided that when q is 2, one M must be a carbon atom and when q is 2, M is optionally a double bond; and with the proviso that when R3, R4, R6 and R7 form said multicyclic groups
then adjacent R3 and R4 or R6 and R7 groups cannot be combined to form said multicyclic groups;
R8 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkenyl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, —OR15, —N(R15)(R16), —N(R15)C(O)R16, —N(R15)S(O)R16, —N(R15)S(O)2R16, —N(R15)S(O)2N(R16)(R17), —N(R15)S(O)N(R16)(R17), —N(R15)C(O)N(R16)(R17) and —N(R15)C(O)OR16;
R9 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl and heteroarylalkyl;
R10 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkenyl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl and —N(R15)(R16);
R11, R12 and R13 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, —C(O)R8, —C(O)OR9, —S(O)R10, —S(O)2R10, —C(O)N(R15)(R16), —S(O)N(R15)(R16), —S(O)2N(R15)(R16) and —CN;
R14 is 1-5 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkenyl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, halo, —CN, —OR15, —C(O)R15, —C(O)OR15, —C(O)N(R15)(R16), —SR15, —S(O)N(R15)(R16), —S(O)2N(R15)(R16), —C(═NOR15)R16, —P(O)(OR15)(OR16), —N(R15)(R16), —N(R15)C(O)R16, —N(R15)S(O)R16, —N(R15)S(O)2R16, —N(R15)S(O)2N(R16)(R17), —N(R15)S(O)N(R16)(R17), —N(R15)C(O)N(R16)(R17) and —N(R15)C(O)OR16;
R15, R16 and R17 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, arylcycloalkyl, arylheterocycloalkyl, R18-alkyl, R18-cycloalkyl, R18-cycloalkylalkyl, R18-heterocycloalkyl, R18-heterocycloalkylalkyl, R18-aryl, R18-arylalkyl, R18-heteroaryl and R18-heteroarylalkyl; or
R15, R16 and R17 are
wherein R23 numbers 0 to 5 substituents, m is 0 to 6 and n is 1 to 5;
R18 is 1-5 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, alkenyl, aryl, arylalkyl, arylalkenyl, arylalkynyl, —NO2, halo, heteroaryl, HO-alkyoxyalkyl, —CF3, —CN, alkyl-CN, —C(O)R19, —C(O)OH, —C(O)OR19, —C(O)NHR20, —C(O)NH2, —C(O)NH2—C(O)N(alkyl)2, —C(O)N(alkyl)(aryl), —C(O)N(alkyl)(heteroaryl), —SR19, —S(O)2R20, —S(O)NH2, —S(O)NH(alkyl), —S(O)N(alkyl)(alkyl), —S(O)NH(aryl), —S(O)2NH2, —S(O)2NHR19, —S(O)2NH(heterocycloalkyl), —S(O)2N(alkyl)2, —S(O)2N(alkyl)(aryl), —OCF3, —OH, —OR20, —O-heterocycloalkyl, —O-cycloalkylalkyl, —O-heterocycloalkylalkyl, —NH2, —NHR20, —N(alkyl)2, —N(arylalkyl)2, —N(arylalkyl)-(heteroarylalkyl), —NHC(O)R20, —NHC(O)NH2, —NHC(O)NH(alkyl), —NHC(O)N(alkyl)(alkyl), —N(alkyl)C(O)NH(alkyl), —N(alkyl)C(O)N(alkyl)(alkyl), —NHS(O)2R20, —NHS(O)2NH(alkyl), —NHS(O)2N(alkyl)(alkyl), —N(alkyl)S(O)2NH(alkyl) and —N(alkyl)S(O)2N(alkyl)(alkyl);
or two R18 moieties on adjacent carbons can be linked together to form
R19 is alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl or heteroarylalkyl;
R20 is alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, halo substituted aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl or heteroarylalkyl;
and wherein each of the alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, alkenyl and alkynyl groups in R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, R11, R12, R13 and R14 are independently unsubstituted or substituted by 1 to 5 R21 groups independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkenyl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, halo, —CN, —OR15, —C(O)R15, —C(O)OR15, —C(O)N(R15)(R16), —SR15, —S(O)N(R15)(R16), —CH(R15)(R16), —S(O)2N(R15)(R16), C(═NOR15)R16, —P(O)(OR15)(OR16), —N(R15)(R16), -alkyl-N(R15)(R16), —N(R15)C(O)R16, —CH2—N(R15)C(O)R16, —CH2—N(R15)C(O)N(R16)(R17), —CH2—R15; —CH2N(R15)(R16), —N(R15)S(O)R16, —N(R15)S(O)2R16, —CH2—N(R15)S(O)2R16, —N(R15)S(O)2N(R16)(R17), —N(R15)S(O)N(R16)(R17), —N(R15)C(O)N(R16)(R17), —CH2—N(R15)C(O)N(R16)(R17), —N(R15)C(O)OR16, —CH2—N(R15)C(O)OR16, —S(O)R15, ═NOR15, —N3, —NO2 and —S(O)2R15; and wherein each of the alkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, alkenyl and alkynyl groups in R21 are independently unsubstituted or substituted by 1 to 5 R22 groups independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, halo, —CF3, —CN, —OR15, —C(O)R15, —C(O)OR15, -alkyl-C(O)OR15, C(O)N(R15)(R16), —SR15, —S(O)N(R15)(R16), —S(O)2N(R15)(R16), —C(═NOR15)R16, —P(O)(OR15)(OR16), —N(R15)(R16), -alkyl-N(R15)(R16), —N(R15)C(O)R16, —CH2—N(R15)C(O)R16, —N(R15)S(O)R16, —N(R15)S(O)2R16, —CH2—N(R15)S(O)2R16, —N(R15)S(O)2N(R16)(R17), —N(R15)S(O)N(R16)(R17), —N(R15)C(O)N(R16)(R17), —CH2—N(R15)C(O)N(R16)(R17), —N(R15)C(O)OR16, —CH2—N(R15)C(O)OR16, —N3, ═NOR15, —NO2, —S(O)R15 and —S(O)2R15;
or two R21 or two R22 moieties on adjacent carbons can be linked together to form
and when R21 or R22 are selected from the group consisting of —C(═NOR15)R16, —N(R15)C(O)R16, —CH2—N(R15)C(O)R16, —N(R15)S(O)R16, —N(R15)S(O)2R16, —CH2—N(R15)S(O)2R16, —N(R15)S(O)2N(R16)(R17), —N(R15)S(O)N(R16)(R17), —N(R15)C(O)N(R16)(R17), —CH2—N(R15)C(O)N(R16)(R17), —N(R15)C(O)OR16 and —CH2—N(R15)C(O)OR16, R15 and R16 together can be a C2 to C4 chain wherein, optionally, one, two or three ring carbons can be replaced by —C(O)— or —N(H)— and R15 and R16, together with the atoms to which they are attached, form a 5 to 7 membered ring, optionally substituted by R23;
R23 is 1 to 5 groups independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkenyl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, halo, —CN, —OR24, —C(O)R24, —C(O)OR24, —C(O)N(R24)(R25), —SR24, —S(O)N(R24)(R25), —S(O)2N(R24)(R25), —C(═NOR24)R25, —P(O)(OR24)(OR25), —N(R24)(R25), -alkyl-N(R24)(R25), —N(R24)C(O)R25, —CH2—N(R24)C(O)R25, —N(R24)S(O)R25, —N(R24)S(O)2R25, —CH2—N(R24)S(O)2R25, R26), —N(R24)C(O)N(R25)(R26), —N(R24)S(O)2N(R25)(R26), —N(R24)S(O)N(R25)(R26), —N(R24)C(O)N(R25)(R27), —CH2—N(R24)C(O)N(R25)(R26), —N(R24)C(O)OR25, —CH2—N(R24)C(O)OR25, —S(O)R24 and —S(O)2R24; and wherein each of the alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, alkenyl and alkynyl groups in R23 are independently unsubstituted or substituted by 1 to 5 R27 groups independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, halo, —CF3, —CN, —OR24, —C(O)R24, —C(O)OR24, alkyl-C(O)OR24, C(O)N(R24)(R25), —SR24, —S(O)N(R24)(R25), —S(O)2N(R24)(R25), —C(═NOR24)R25, —P(O)(OR24)(OR25), —N(R24)(R25), -alkyl-N(R24)(R25), —N(R24)C(O)R25, —CH2—N(R24)C(O)R25, —N(R24)S(O)R25, —N(R24)S(O)2R25, —CH2—N(R24)S(O)2R25, —N(R24)S(O)2N(R25)(R26), —N(R24)S(O)N(R25)(R26), —N(R24)C(O)N(R25)(R26), —CH2—N(R24)C(O)N(R25)(R26), —N(R24)C(O)OR25, —CH2—N(R24)C(O)OR25, —S(O)R24 and —S(O)2R24;
R24, R25 and R26 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, arylcycloalkyl, R27-alkyl, R27-cycloalkyl, R27-cycloalkylalkyl, R27-heterocycloalkyl, R27-heterocycloalkylalkyl, R27-aryl, R27-arylalkyl, R27-heteroaryl and R27-heteroarylalkyl;
R27 is 1-5 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, —NO2, halo, —CF3, —CN, alkyl-CN, —C(O)R28, —C(O)OH, —C(O)OR28, —C(O)NHR29, —C(O)N(alkyl)2, —C(O)N(alkyl)(aryl), —C(O)N(alkyl)(heteroaryl), —SR28, —S(O)2R29, —S(O)NH2, —S(O)NH(alkyl), —S(O)N(alkyl)(alkyl), —S(O)NH(aryl), —S(O)2NH2, —S(O)2NHR28, —S(O)2NH(aryl), —S(O)2NH(heterocycloalkyl), —S(O)2N(alkyl)2, —S(O)2N(alkyl)(aryl), —OH, —OR29, —O-heterocycloalkyl, —O-cycloalkylalkyl, —O-heterocycloalkylalkyl, —NH2, —NHR29, —N(alkyl)2, —N(arylalkyl)2, —N(arylalkyl)(heteroarylalkyl), —NHC(O)R29, —NHC(O)NH2, —NHC(O)NH(alkyl), —NHC(O)N(alkyl)(alkyl), —N(alkyl)C(O)NH(alkyl), —N(alkyl)C(O)N(alkyl)(alkyl), —NHS(O)2R29, —NHS(O)2NH(alkyl), —NHS(O)2N(alkyl)(alkyl), —N(alkyl)S(O)2NH(alkyl) and —N(alkyl)S(O)2N(alkyl)(alkyl);
R28 is alkyl, cycloalkyl, arylalkyl or heteroarylalkyl; and
R29 is alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl or heteroarylalkyl;
provided that when W is —C(O)— and U is a bond, R1 is not optionally substituted phenyl, and that when U is —C(O)— and W is a bond, R5 is not optionally substituted phenyl;
provided that neither R1 nor R5 is —C(O)-alkyl-azetidinone or alkyl di-substituted with (—COOR15 or —C(O)N(R15)(R16)) and (—N(R15)(R16), —N(R15)C(O)R16, —N(R15)S(O)R16, —N(R15)S(O)2R16, —N(R15)S(O)2N(R16)(R17), —N(R15)S(O)N(R16)(R17), —N(R15)C(O)N(R16)(R17), or —N(R15)C(O)OR16);
provided that when R1 is methyl, X is —N(R5)—, R2 is H, W is —C(O)— and U is a bond, (R3, R4) is not (H, H), (phenyl, phenyl), (H, phenyl), (benzyl, H), (benzyl, phenyl), (i-butyl, H), (i-butyl, phenyl), (OH-phenyl, phenyl), (halo-phenyl, phenyl), or (CH3O-phenyl, NO2-phenyl); and when W is a bond and U is —C(O)—, (R3, R4) is not (H, H), (phenyl, phenyl), (H, phenyl), (benzyl, H), (benzyl, phenyl), (i-butyl, H), (i-butyl, phenyl), (OH-phenyl, phenyl), (halo-phenyl, phenyl), or (CH3O-phenyl, NO2-phenyl);
provided that when X is —N(R5)—, R1 and R5 are each H, W is —C(O)— and U is a bond, (R3, R4) is not (optionally substituted phenyl, optionally substituted benzyl), (optionally substituted phenyl, heteroarylalkyl) or (heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl);
provided that when U is a bond, W is —C(O)—, and R3 and R4 form a ring with the carbon to which they are attached, R1 is not 2-CF3-3-CN-phenyl;
provided that when X is —N(R5)—, U is —O— and W is a bond or —C(R6)(R7)—, (R3,R4) is not (H, —NHC(O)-alkyl-heteroaryl) or (H, alkyl-NHC(O)-alkyl-heteroaryl); and
provided that when X is —N(R5)—, R1 and R5 are not -alkylaryl-aryl-SO2—N(R15)(R16) wherein R15 is H and R16 is heteroaryl;
provided that when R1 is R21-aryl or R21-arylalkyl, wherein R21 is —OCF3, —S(O)CF3, —S(O)2CF3, —S(O)alkyl, —S(O)2alkyl, —S(O)2CHF2, —S(O)2CF2CF3, —OCF2CHF2, —OCHF2, —OCH2CF3, —SF5 or —S(O)2NR15R16; wherein R15 and R16 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl, R18-alkyl, R18-cycloalkyl, R18-heterocycloalkyl, R18-aryl and R18-heteroaryl; U is a bond or —CH2; and X is —N(R5)—; then R5 is H;
provided that when U is a bond,
R3 and R4 are alkyl,
where R21 is halo, —CN, alkyl, alkoxy, haloalkyl or haloalkoxy, or R3 and R4, together with the carbon to which they are attached, form a 3-7 membered cycloalkyl group,
and R1 is
where a is 0 to 6 and R22 is alkyl, alkoxy, halo, —CN, —OH, —NO2 or haloalkyl;
then R21a is not H, —C(O)2R15, wherein R15 is selected from the group consisting of alkyl, cycloalkyl and alkyl substituted with phenyl, alkyl or alkyl-R22, wherein R22 is selected from the group consisting of
phenyl,
phenyl substituted with alkyl,
and
wherein R22 is selected from the group consisting of H, methoxy, nitro, oxo, —OH, halo and alkyl,
In another aspect, the invention relates to a pharmaceutical composition comprising at least one compound of formula I and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
In another aspect, the invention comprises the method of inhibiting aspartyl protease comprising administering at least one compound of formula I to a patient in need of such treatment.
More specifically, the invention comprises: the method of treating a cardiovascular disease such as hypertension, renal failure, or a disease modulated by renin inhibition; the method of treating Human Immunodeficiency Virus; the method of treating a cognitive or neurodegenerative disease such as Alzheimer's Disease; the method of inhibiting plasmepins I and II for treatment of malaria; the method of inhibiting Cathepsin D for the treatment of Alzheimer's Disease, breast cancer, and ovarian cancer; and the method of inhibiting protozoal enzymes, for example inhibition of plasmodium falciparnum, for the treatment of fungal infections. Said method of treatment comprise administering at least one compound of formula I to a patient in need of such treatment. In particular, the invention comprises the method of treating Alzheimer's disease comprising administering at least one compound of formula I to a patient in need of such treatment.
In another aspect, the invention comprises the method of treating Alzheimer's disease comprising administering to a patient I need of such treatment a combination of at least one compound of formula I and a cholinesterase inhibitor or a muscarinic m1 agonist or m2 antagonist.
In a final aspect, the invention relates to a kit comprising in separate containers in a single package pharmaceutical compositions for use in combination, in which one container comprises a compound of formula I in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and a second container comprises a cholinesterase inhibitor or a muscarinic m1 agonist or m2 antagonist in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, the combined quantities being an effective amount to treat a cognitive disease or neurodegenerative disease such as Alzheimer's disease.
Compounds of formula I wherein X, W and U are as defined above include the following independently preferred structures:
In compounds of formulas IA to IF, U is preferably a bond or —C(R6)(R7)—. In compounds of formula IG and IH, U is preferably —C(O)—.
It will be understood that since the definition of R1 is the same as the definition of R5, when X is —N(R5)—, compounds of formula I wherein W is a bond and U is a bond, —S(O)—, —S(O)2—, —C(O)—, —O—, —C(R6)(R7)— or —N(R5)— are equivalent to compounds of formula I wherein U is a bond and W is a bond, —S(O)—, —S(O)2—, —C(O)—, —O—, —C(R6)(R7)— or —N(R5)—.
More preferred compounds of the invention are those of formula IB wherein U is a bond or those of formula IB wherein U is —C(R6)(R7)—.
Another group of preferred compounds of formula I is that wherein R2 is H.
R3, R4, R6 and R7 are preferably selected from the group consisting of alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, halo, —CH2—O—Si(R9)(R10)(R19), —SH, —CN, —OR9, —C(O)R8, —C(O)OR9, —C(O)N(R11)(R12), —SR19, —S(O)N(R11)(R12), —S(O)2N(R11)(R12), —N(R11)(R12), —N(R11)C(O)R8, —N(R11)S(O)R10, —N(R11)C(O)N(R12)(R13), —N(R11)C(O)OR9 and —C(═NOH)R8.
R3, R4, R6 and R7 are preferably selected from the group consisting of aryl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, arylalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, alkyl and cycloalkylalkyl.
In a group of preferred compounds
U is a bond or —C(O)—;
W is a bond or —C(O)—;
X is —N(R5)—;
R1 is H, alkyl, R21-alkyl, arylalkyl, R21-arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, R21-cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkyalkyl or R21-heterocycloalkylalkyl,
R2 is H;
R3 is alkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, R21-alkyl, R21-cycloalkylalkyl, R21-cycloalkyl, R21-aryl or R21-arylalkyl;
R4 is alkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, R21-alkyl, R21-cycloalkylalkyl, R21-cycloalkyl, R21-aryl or R21-arylalkyl;
R5 is H, alkyl, R21-alkyl, arylalkyl, R21-arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, R21-cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkyalkyl or R21-heterocycloalkylalkyl;
R6 is alkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, R21-alkyl, R21-cycloalkylalkyl, R21-cycloalkyl, R21-aryl or R21-arylalkyl;
R7 is alkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, R21-alkyl, R21-cycloalkylalkyl, R21-cycloalkyl, R21-aryl or R21-arylalkyl;
R15, R16 and R17 is H, R18-alkyl, alkyl or
R21 is alkyl, aryl, halo, —OR15, —NO2, —C(O)R15, —CH2—N(R15)C(O)N(R16)(R17) or —CH(R15)(R16);
n is 1;
m is 1;
R18 is —OR20
R20 is aryl;
and
R23 is alkyl.
In a group of preferred compounds
R3, R4, R6 and R7 are
and
R1 and R5 is H, CH3,
In an additional group of preferred compounds;
U is a bond or —C(O)—:
W is a bond or —C(O)—;
X is —N(R5)—;
R1 is H, alkyl, R21-alkyl, arylalkyl, R21-arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, R21-cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkyalkyl or R21-heterocycloalkylalkyl,
R2 is H;
R3 is alkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, R21-alkyl, R21-cycloalkylalkyl, R21-cycloalkyl, R21-aryl, R21-arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, R21-heteroarylalkyl, R21-heteroaryl, R21-heterocycloalkyl or R21-heterocycloalkylalkyl;
R4 is alkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, R21-alkyl, R21-cycloalkylalkyl, R21-cycloalkyl, R21-aryl, R21-arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, R21-heteroarylalkyl, R21-heteroaryl, R21-heterocycloalkyl or R21-heterocycloalkylalkyl;
R5 is H, alkyl, R21-alkyl, arylalkyl, R21-arylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, R21-cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkyalkyl or R21-heterocycloalkylalkyl;
R6 is alkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, R21-alkyl, R21-cycloalkylalkyl, R21-cycloalkyl, R21-aryl, R21-arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, R21-heteroarylalkyl, R21-heteroaryl, R21-heterocycloalkyl or R21-heterocycloalkylalkyl;
R7 is alkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, R21-alkyl, R21-cycloalkylalkyl, R21-cycloalkyl, R21-aryl, R21-arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, R21-heteroarylalkyl, R21-heteroaryl, R21-heterocycloalkyl or R21-heterocycloalkylalkyl;
R15, R16 and R17 is H, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, R18-alkyl, alkyl, aryl, R18-aryl,
R18-arylalkyl, arylalkyl,
n is 1 or 2;
m is 0 or 1;
R18 is —OR20 or halo;
R20 is aryl or halo substituted aryl;
R21 is alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, R22-alkyl, R22-aryl, R22-heteroaryl, halo, —N(R15)S(O)2R16, —CH2—N(R15)C(O)N(R16)(R17), —N(R15)C(O)N(R16)(R17) or —CH(R15)(R16);
R22 is —OR15 or halo and
R23 is H or alkyl.
It is noted that the carbons of formula I may be replaced with 1 to 3 silicon atoms so long as all valency requirements are satisfied.
As used above, and throughout the specification, the following terms, unless otherwise indicated, shall be understood to have the following meanings:
“Patient” includes both human and animals.
“Mammal” means humans and other mammalian animals.
“Alkyl” means an aliphatic hydrocarbon group which may be straight or branched and comprising about 1 to about 20 carbon atoms in the chain. Preferred alkyl groups contain about 1 to about 12 carbon atoms in the chain. More preferred alkyl groups contain about 1 to about 6 carbon atoms in the chain. Branched means that one or more lower alkyl groups such as methyl, ethyl or propyl, are attached to a linear alkyl chain. “Lower alkyl” means a group having about 1 to about 6 carbon atoms in the chain which may be straight or branched. Non-limiting examples of suitable alkyl groups include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, t-butyl, n-pentyl, heptyl, nonyl and decyl. R21-substituted alkyl groups include fluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl and cyclopropylmethyl.
“Alkenyl” means an aliphatic hydrocarbon group containing at least one carbon-carbon double bond and which may be straight or branched and comprising about 2 to about 15 carbon atoms in the chain. Preferred alkenyl groups have about 2 to about 12 carbon atoms in the chain; and more preferably about 2 to about 6 carbon atoms in the chain. Branched means that one or more lower alkyl groups such as methyl, ethyl or propyl, are attached to a linear alkenyl chain. “Lower alkenyl” means about 2 to about 6 carbon atoms in the chain which may be straight or branched. Non-limiting examples of suitable alkenyl groups include ethenyl, propenyl, n-butenyl, 3-methylbut-2-enyl, n-pentenyl, octenyl and decenyl.
“Alkynyl” means an aliphatic hydrocarbon group containing at least one carbon-carbon triple bond and which may be straight or branched and comprising about 2 to about 15 carbon atoms in the chain. Preferred alkynyl groups have about 2 to about 12 carbon atoms in the chain; and more preferably about 2 to about 4 carbon atoms in the chain. Branched means that one or more lower alkyl groups such as methyl, ethyl or propyl, are attached to a linear alkynyl chain. “Lower alkynyl” means about 2 to about 6 carbon atoms in the chain which may be straight or branched. Non-limiting examples of suitable alkynyl groups include ethynyl, propynyl, 2-butynyl, 3-methylbutynyl, n-pentynyl, and decynyl.
“Aryl” means an aromatic monocyclic or multicyclic ring system comprising about 6 to about 14 carbon atoms, preferably about 6 to about 10 carbon atoms. The aryl group can be optionally substituted with one or more substituents (e.g., R18, R21, R22, etc.) which may be the same or different, and are as defined herein or two substituents on adjacent carbons can be linked together to form
Non-limiting examples of suitable aryl groups include phenyl and naphthyl.
“Heteroaryl” means an aromatic monocyclic or multicyclic ring system comprising about 5 to about 14 ring atoms, preferably about 5 to about 10 ring atoms, in which one to eight of the ring atoms is an element other than carbon, for example nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur, alone or in combination. Preferred heteroaryls contain about 5 to about 6 ring atoms. The “heteroaryl” can be optionally substituted by one or more R21 substituents which may be the same or different, and are as defined herein. The prefix aza, oxa or thia before the heteroaryl root name means that at least a nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom respectively, is present as a ring atom. A nitrogen atom of a heteroaryl can be optionally oxidized to the corresponding N-oxide. Non-limiting examples of suitable heteroaryls include pyridyl, pyrazinyl, furanyl, thienyl, pyrimidinyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, pyrazolyl, furazanyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, 1,2,4-thiadiazolyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, quinoxalinyl, phthalazinyl, imidazo[1,2-a]pyridinyl, imidazo[2,1-b]thiazolyl, benzofurazanyl, indolyl, azaindolyl, benzimidazolyl, benzothienyl, quinolinyl, imidazolyl, thienopyridyl, quinazolinyl, thienopyrimidyl, pyrrolopyridyl, imidazopyridyl, isoquinolinyl, benzoazaindolyl, 1,2,4-triazinyl, benzothiazolyl and the like.
“Cycloalkyl” means a non-aromatic mono- or multicyclic ring system comprising about 3 to about 10 carbon atoms, preferably about 5 to about 10 carbon atoms. Preferred cycloalkyl rings contain about 5 to about 7 ring atoms. The cycloalkyl can be optionally substituted with one or more R21 substituents which may be the same or different, and are as defined above. Non-limiting examples of suitable monocyclic cycloalkyls include cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl and the like. Non-limiting examples of suitable multicyclic cycloalkyls include 1-decalin, norbornyl, adamantyl and the like. Further non-limiting examples of cycloalkyl include the following
“Cycloalkylether” means a non-aromatic ring of 3 to 7 members comprising an oxygen atom and 2 to 7 carbon atoms. Ring carbon atoms can be substituted, provided that substituents adjacent to the ring oxygen do not include halo or substituents joined to the ring through an oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur atom.
“Cycloalkenyl” means a non-aromatic mono or multicyclic ring system comprising about 3 to about 10 carbon atoms, preferably about 5 to about 10 carbon atoms which contains at least one carbon-carbon double bond. The cycloalkenyl ring can be optionally substituted with one or more R21 substituents which may be the same or different, and are as defined above. Preferred cycloalkenyl rings contain about 5 to about 7 ring atoms. Non-limiting examples of suitable monocyclic cycloalkenyls include cyclopentenyl, cyclohexenyl, cycloheptenyl, and the like. Non-limiting example of a suitable multicyclic cycloalkenyl is norbornylenyl.
“Heterocyclenyl” means a non-aromatic monocyclic or multicyclic ring system comprising about 3 to about 14 ring atoms, preferably about 5 to about 10 ring atoms, in which one or more of the atoms in the ring system is an element other than carbon, for example nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom, alone or in combination, and which contains at least one carbon-carbon double bond or carbon-nitrogen double bond. There are no adjacent oxygen and/or sulfur atoms present in the ring system. Preferred heterocyclenyl rings contain about 5 to about 6 ring atoms. The prefix aza, oxa or thia before the heterocyclenyl root name means that at least a nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom respectively is present as a ring atom. The heterocyclenyl can be optionally substituted by one or more ring system substituents, wherein “ring system substituent” is as defined above. The nitrogen or sulfur atom of the heterocyclenyl can be optionally oxidized to the corresponding N-oxide, S-oxide or S,S-dioxide. Non-limiting examples of suitable monocyclic azaheterocyclenyl groups include 1,2,3,4-tetrahydropyridine, 1,2-dihydropyridyl, 1,4-dihydropyridyl, 1,2,3,6-tetrahydropyridine, 1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyrimidine, 2-pyrrolinyl, 3-pyrrolinyl, 2-imidazolinyl, 2-pyrazolinyl, and the like. Non-limiting examples of suitable oxaheterocyclenyl groups include 3,4-dihydro-2H-pyran, dihydrofuranyl, fluorodihydrofuranyl, and the like. Non-limiting example of a suitable multicyclic oxaheterocyclenyl group is 7-oxabicyclo[2.2.1]heptenyl. Non-limiting examples of suitable monocyclic thiaheterocyclenyl rings include dihydrothiophenyl, dihydrothiopyranyl, and the like.
“Halo” means fluoro, chloro, bromo, or iodo groups. Preferred are fluoro, chloro or bromo, and more preferred are fluoro and chloro.
“Haloalkyl” means an alkyl as defined above wherein one or more hydrogen atoms on the alkyl is replaced by a halo group defined above.
“Heterocyclyl” (or heterocycloalkyl) means a non-aromatic saturated monocyclic or multicyclic ring system comprising about 3 to about 14 ring atoms, preferably about 5 to about 10 ring atoms, in which 1-3, preferably 1 or 2 of the atoms in the ring system is an element other than carbon, for example nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur, alone or in combination. There are no adjacent oxygen and/or sulfur atoms present in the ring system. Preferred heterocyclyls contain about 5 to about 6 ring atoms. The prefix aza, oxa or thia before the heterocyclyl root name means that at least a nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom respectively is present as a ring atom. The heterocyclyl can be optionally substituted by one or more R21 substituents which may be the same or different, and are as defined herein. The nitrogen or sulfur atom of the heterocyclyl can be optionally oxidized to the corresponding N-oxide, S-oxide or S,S-dioxide. Non-limiting examples of suitable monocyclic heterocyclyl rings include piperidyl, pyrrolidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, thiazolidinyl, 1,3-dioxolanyl, 1,4-dioxanyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydrothiophenyl, tetrahydrothiopyranyl, and the like.
“Arylalkyl” means an aryl-alkyl- group in which the aryl and alkyl are as previously described. Preferred aralkyls comprise a lower alkyl group. Non-limiting examples of suitable aralkyl groups include benzyl, 2-phenethyl and naphthalenylmethyl. The bond to the parent moiety is through the alkyl.
“Arylcycloalkyl” means a group derived from a fused aryl and cycloalkyl as defined herein. Preferred arylcycloalkyls are those wherein aryl is phenyl and cycloalkyl consists of about 5 to about 6 ring atoms. The arylcycloalkyl can be optionally substituted by 1-5 R21 substituents. Non-limiting examples of suitable arylcycloalkyls include indanyl and 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthyl and the like. The bond to the parent moiety is through a non-aromatic carbon atom.
“Arylheterocycloalkyl” means a group derived from a fused aryl and heterocycloalkyl as defined herein. Preferred arylcycloalkyls are those wherein aryl is phenyl and heterocycloalkyl consists of about 5 to about 6 ring atoms. The arylheterocycloalkyl can be optionally substituted by 1-5 R21 substituents. Non-limiting examples of suitable arylheterocycloalkyls include
The bond to the parent moiety is through a non-aromatic carbon atom.
Similarly, “heteroarylalkyl” “cycloalkylalkyl” and “heterocycloalkylalkyl” mean a heteroaryl-, cycloalkyl- or heterocycloalkyl-alkyl- group in which the heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl and alkyl are as previously described. Preferred groups contain a lower alkyl group. The bond to the parent moiety is through the alkyl.
“Acyl” means an H—C(O)—, alkyl-C(O)—, alkenyl-C(O)—, alkynyl-C(O)— or cycloalkyl-C(O)— group in which the various groups are as previously described. The bond to the parent moiety is through the carbonyl. Preferred acyls contain a lower alkyl. Non-limiting examples of suitable acyl groups include formyl, acetyl, propanoyl, 2-methylpropanoyl, butanoyl and cyclohexanoyl.
“Alkoxy” means an alkyl-O— group in which the alkyl group is as previously described. Non-limiting examples of suitable alkoxy groups include methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy and heptoxy. The bond to the parent moiety is through the ether oxygen.
“Alkyoxyalkyl” means a group derived from an alkoxy and alkyl as defined herein. The bond to the parent moiety is through the alkyl.
“Arylalkenyl” means a group derived from an aryl and alkenyl as defined herein. Preferred arylalkenyls are those wherein aryl is phenyl and the alkenyl consists of about 3 to about 6 atoms. The arylalkenyl can be optionally substituted by one or more R27 substituents. The bond to the parent moiety is through a non-aromatic carbon atom.
“Arylalkynyl” means a group derived from a aryl and alkynyl as defined herein. Preferred arylalkynyls are those wherein aryl is phenyl and the alkynyl consists of about 3 to about 6 atoms. The arylalkynyl can be optionally substituted by one or more R27 substituents. The bond to the parent moiety is through a non-aromatic carbon atom.
The suffix “ene” on alkyl, aryl, heterocycloalkyl, etc. indicates a divalent moiety, e.g., —CH2CH2— is ethylene, and
is para-phenylene.
The term “optionally substituted” means optional substitution with the specified groups, radicals or moieties, in available position or positions.
Substitution on a cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, arylalkyl, or heteroarylalkyl moiety includes substitution on the ring portion and/or on the alkyl portion of the group.
When a variable appears more than once in a group, e.g., R8 in —N(R8)2, or a variable appears more than once in the structure of formula I, e.g., R15 may appear in both R1 and R3, the variables can be the same or different.
With reference to the number of moieties (e.g., substituents, groups or rings) in a compound, unless otherwise defined, the phrases “one or more” and “at least one” mean that there can be as many moieties as chemically permitted, and the determination of the maximum number of such moieties is well within the knowledge of those skilled in the art. With respect to the compositions and methods comprising the use of “at least one compound of formula I,” one to three compounds of formula I can be administered at the same time, preferably one.
As used herein, the term “composition” is intended to encompass a product comprising the specified ingredients in the specified amounts, as well as any product which results, directly or indirectly, from combination of the specified ingredients in the specified amounts.
The wavy line as a bond generally indicates a mixture of, or either of, the possible isomers, e.g., containing (R)- and (S)-stereochemistry. For example,
means containing both
Lines drawn into the ring systems, such as, for example:
indicate that the indicated line (bond) may be attached to any of the substitutable ring carbon atoms.
As well known in the art, a bond drawn from a particular atom wherein no moiety is depicted at the terminal end of the bond indicates a methyl group bound through that bond to the atom, unless stated otherwise. For example:
represents
It should also be noted that any heteroatom with unsatisfied valences in the text, schemes, examples, structural formulae, and any Tables herein is assumed to have the hydrogen atom or atoms to satisfy the valences.
Those skilled in the art will recognize that certain compounds of formula I are tautomeric, and all such tautomeric forms are contemplated herein as part of the present invention. For example, a compound wherein X is —N(R5)— and R1 and R5 are each H can be represented by any of the following structures:
When R21 and R22, are, for example, —N(R15)C(O)N(R16)(R17) and R15 and R16 form a ring, the moiety formed, is, for example,
The term “purified”, “in purified form” or “in isolated and purified form” for a compound refers to the physical state of said compound after being isolated from a synthetic process (e.g. from a reaction mixture), or natural source or combination thereof. Thus, the term “purified”, “in purified form” or “in isolated and purified form” for a compound refers to the physical state of said compound after being obtained from a purification process or processes described herein or well known to the skilled artisan (e.g., chromatography, recrystallization and the like), in sufficient purity to be characterizable by standard analytical techniques described herein or well known to the skilled artisan.
It should also be noted that any carbon as well as heteroatom with unsatisfied valences in the text, schemes, examples and Tables herein is assumed to have the sufficient number of hydrogen atom(s) to satisfy the valences.
When a functional group in a compound is termed “protected”, this means that the group is in modified form to preclude undesired side reactions at the protected site when the compound is subjected to a reaction. Suitable protecting groups will be recognized by those with ordinary skill in the art as well as by reference to standard textbooks such as, for example, T. W. Greene et al, Protective Groups in organic Synthesis (1991), Wiley, New York.
When any variable (e.g., aryl, heterocycle, R2, etc.) occurs more than one time in any constituent or in Formula I, its definition on each occurrence is independent of its definition at every other occurrence.
As used herein, the term “composition” is intended to encompass a product comprising the specified ingredients in the specified amounts, as well as any product which results, directly or indirectly, from combination of the specified ingredients in the specified amounts.
Prodrugs and solvates of the compounds of the invention are also contemplated herein. The term “prodrug”, as employed herein, denotes a compound that is a drug precursor which, upon administration to a subject, undergoes chemical conversion by metabolic or chemical processes to yield a compound of formula I or a salt and/or solvate thereof. A discussion of prodrugs is provided in T. Higuchi and V. Stella, Pro-drugs as Novel Delivery Systems (1987) Volume 14 of the A.C.S. Symposium Series, and in Bioreversible Carriers in Drug Design, (1987) Edward B. Roche, ed., American Pharmaceutical Association and Pergamon Press, both of which are incorporated herein by reference thereto. For example, if a compound of Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate or solvate of the compound contains a carboxylic acid functional group, a prodrug can comprise an ester formed by the replacement of the hydrogen atom of the acid group with a group such as, for example, (C1-C8)alkyl, (C2-C12)alkanoyloxymethyl, 1-(alkanoyloxy)ethyl having from 4 to 9 carbon atoms, 1-methyl-1-(alkanoyloxy)-ethyl having from 5 to 10 carbon atoms, alkoxycarbonyloxymethyl having from 3 to 6 carbon atoms, 1-(alkoxycarbonyloxy)ethyl having from 4 to 7 carbon atoms, 1-methyl-1-(alkoxycarbonyloxy)ethyl having from 5 to 8 carbon atoms, N-(alkoxycarbonyl)aminomethyl having from 3 to 9 carbon atoms, 1-(N-(alkoxycarbonyl)amino)ethyl having from 4 to 10 carbon atoms, 3-phthalidyl, 4-crotonolactonyl, gamma-butyrolacton-4-yl, di-N,N—(C1-C2)alkylamino(C2-C3)alkyl (such as β-dimethylaminoethyl), carbamoyl-(C1-C2)alkyl, N,N-di (C1-C2)alkylcarbamoyl-(C1-C2)alkyl and piperidino-, pyrrolidino- or morpholino(C2-C3)alkyl, and the like.
Similarly, if a compound of Formula (I) contains an alcohol functional group, a prodrug can be formed by the replacement of the hydrogen atom of the alcohol group with a group such as, for example, (C1-C6)alkanoyloxymethyl, 1-((C1-C6)alkanoyloxy)ethyl, 1-methyl-1-((C1-C6)alkanoyloxy)ethyl, (C1-C6)alkoxycarbonyloxymethyl, N—(C1-C6)alkoxycarbonylaminomethyl, succinoyl, (C1-C6)alkanoyl, α-amino(C1-C4)alkanyl, arylacyl and α-aminoacyl, or α-aminoacyl-α-aminoacyl, where each α-aminoacyl group is independently selected from the naturally occurring L-amino acids, P(O)(OH)2, —P(O)(O(C1-C6)alkyl)2 or glycosyl (the radical resulting from the removal of a hydroxyl group of the hemiacetal form of a carbohydrate), and the like.
If a compound of Formula (I) incorporates an amine functional group, a prodrug can be formed by the replacement of a hydrogen atom in the amine group with a group such as, for example, R-carbonyl, RO-carbonyl, NRR′-carbonyl where R and R′ are each independently (C1-C10)alkyl, (C3-C7) cycloalkyl, benzyl, or R-carbonyl is a natural α-aminoacyl or natural α-aminoacyl, —C(OH)C(O)OY1 wherein Y1 is H, (C1-C6)alkyl or benzyl, —C(OY2)Y3 wherein Y2 is (C1-C4) alkyl and Y3 is (C1-C6)alkyl, carboxy (C1-C6)alkyl, amino(C1-C4)alkyl or mono-N- or di-N,N—(C1-C6)alkylaminoalkyl, —C(Y4)Y5 wherein Y4 is H or methyl and Y5 is mono-N- or di-N,N—(C1-C6)alkylamino morpholino, piperidin-1-yl or pyrrolidin-1-yl, and the like.
One or more compounds of the invention may exist in unsolvated as well as solvated forms with pharmaceutically acceptable solvents such as water, ethanol, and the like, and it is intended that the invention embrace both solvated and unsolvated forms. “Solvate” means a physical association of a compound of this invention with one or more solvent molecules. This physical association involves varying degrees of ionic and covalent bonding, including hydrogen bonding. In certain instances the solvate will be capable of isolation, for example when one or more solvent molecules are incorporated in the crystal lattice of the crystalline solid. “Solvate” encompasses both solution-phase and isolatable solvates. Non-limiting examples of suitable solvates include ethanolates, methanolates, and the like. “Hydrate” is a solvate wherein the solvent molecule is H2O.
One or more compounds of the invention may optionally be converted to a solvate. Preparation of solvates is generally known. Thus, for example, M. Caira et al, J. Pharmaceutical Sci., 93(3), 601-611 (2004) describe the preparation of the solvates of the antifungal fluconazole in ethyl acetate as well as from water. Similar preparations of solvates, hemisolvate, hydrates and the like are described by E. C. van Tonder et al, AAPS PharmSciTech., 5(1), article 12 (2004); and A. L. Bingham et al, Chem. Commun., 603-604 (2001). A typical, non-limiting, process involves dissolving the inventive compound in desired amounts of the desired solvent (organic or water or mixtures thereof) at a higher than ambient temperature, and cooling the solution at a rate sufficient to form crystals which are then isolated by standard methods. Analytical techniques such as, for example I. R. spectroscopy, show the presence of the solvent (or water) in the crystals as a solvate (or hydrate).
“Effective amount” or “therapeutically effective amount” is meant to describe an amount of compound or a composition of the present invention effective in inhibiting aspartyl protease and/or inhibiting BACE-1 and thus producing the desired therapeutic effect in a suitable patient.
The compounds of formula I form salts which are also within the scope of this invention. Reference to a compound of formula I herein is understood to include reference to salts thereof, unless otherwise indicated. The term “salt(s)”, as employed herein, denotes acidic salts formed with inorganic and/or organic acids, as well as basic salts formed with inorganic and/or organic bases. In addition, when a compound of formula I contains both a basic moiety, such as, but not limited to a pyridine or imidazole, and an acidic moiety, such as, but not limited to a carboxylic acid, zwitterions (“inner salts”) may be formed and are included within the term “salt(s)” as used herein. Pharmaceutically acceptable (i.e., non-toxic, physiologically acceptable) salts are preferred, although other salts are also useful. Salts of the compounds of the formula I may be formed, for example, by reacting a compound of formula I with an amount of acid or base, such as an equivalent amount, in a medium such as one in which the salt precipitates or in an aqueous medium followed by lyophilization. Acids (and bases) which are generally considered suitable for the formation of pharmaceutically useful salts from basic (or acidic) pharmaceutical compounds are discussed, for example, by S. Berge et al, Journal of Pharmaceutical Sciences (1977) 66(1) 1-19; P. Gould, International J. of Pharmaceutics (1986) 33 201-217; Anderson et al, The Practice of Medicinal Chemistry (1996), Academic Press, New York; in The Orange Book (Food & Drug Administration, Washington, D.C. on their website); and P. Heinrich Stahl, Camille G. Wermuth (Eds.), Handbook of Pharmaceutical Salts: Properties, Selection, and Use, (2002) Intl. Union of Pure and Applied Chemistry, pp. 330-331. These disclosures are incorporated herein by reference thereto.
Exemplary acid addition salts include acetates, adipates, alginates, ascorbates, aspartates, benzoates, benzenesulfonates, bisulfates, borates, butyrates, citrates, camphorates, camphorsulfonates, cyclopentanepropionates, digluconates, dodecylsulfates, ethanesulfonates, fumarates, glucoheptanoates, glycerophosphates, hemisulfates, heptanoates, hexanoates, hydrochlorides, hydrobromides, hydroiodides, 2-hydroxyethanesulfonates, lactates, maleates, methanesulfonates, methyl sulfates, 2-naphthalenesulfonates, nicotinates, nitrates, oxalates, pamoates, pectinates, persulfates, 3-phenylpropionates, phosphates, picrates, pivalates, propionates, salicylates, succinates, sulfates, sulfonates (such as those mentioned herein), tartarates, thiocyanates, toluenesulfonates (also known as tosylates,) undecanoates, and the like.
Exemplary basic salts include ammonium salts, alkali metal salts such as sodium, lithium, and potassium salts, alkaline earth metal salts such as calcium and magnesium salts, aluminum salts, zinc salts, salts with organic bases (for example, organic amines) such as benzathines, diethylamine, dicyclohexylamines, hydrabamines (formed with N,N-bis(dehydroabietyl)ethylenediamine), N-methyl-D-glucamines, N-methyl-D-glucamides, t-butyl amines, piperazine, phenylcyclohexylamine, choline, tromethamine, and salts with amino acids such as arginine, lysine and the like. Basic nitrogen-containing groups may be quarternized with agents such as lower alkyl halides (e.g. methyl, ethyl, propyl, and butyl chlorides, bromides and iodides), dialkyl sulfates (e.g. dimethyl, diethyl, dibutyl, and diamyl sulfates), long chain halides (e.g. decyl, lauryl, myristyl and stearyl chlorides, bromides and iodides), aralkyl halides (e.g. benzyl and phenethyl bromides), and others.
All such acid salts and base salts are intended to be pharmaceutically acceptable salts within the scope of the invention and all acid and base salts are considered equivalent to the free forms of the corresponding compounds for purposes of the invention.
Pharmaceutically acceptable esters of the present compounds include the following groups: (1) carboxylic acid esters obtained by esterification of the hydroxy groups, in which the non-carbonyl moiety of the carboxylic acid portion of the ester grouping is selected from straight or branched chain alkyl (for example, acetyl, n-propyl, t-butyl, or n-butyl), alkoxyalkyl (for example, methoxymethyl), aralkyl (for example, benzyl), aryloxyalkyl (for example, phenoxymethyl), aryl (for example, phenyl optionally substituted with, for example, halogen, C1-4alkyl, or C1-4alkoxy or amino); (2) sulfonate esters, such as alkyl- or aralkylsulfonyl (for example, methanesulfonyl); (3) amino acid esters (for example, L-valyl or L-isoleucyl); (4) phosphonate esters and (5) mono-, di- or triphosphate esters. The phosphate esters may be further esterified by, for example, a C1-20 alcohol or reactive derivative thereof, or by a 2,3-di (C6-24)acyl glycerol.
Compounds of Formula I, and salts, solvates, esters and prodrugs thereof, may exist in their tautomeric form (for example, as an amide or imino ether). All such tautomeric forms are contemplated herein as part of the present invention.
The compounds of Formula (I) may contain asymmetric or chiral centers, and, therefore, exist in different stereoisomeric forms. It is intended that all stereoisomeric forms of the compounds of Formula (I) as well as mixtures thereof, including racemic mixtures, form part of the present invention. In addition, the present invention embraces all geometric and positional isomers. For example, if a compound of Formula (I) incorporates a double bond or a fused ring, both the cis- and trans-forms, as well as mixtures, are embraced within the scope of the invention.
Diastereomeric mixtures can be separated into their individual diastereomers on the basis of their physical chemical differences by methods well known to those skilled in the art, such as, for example, by chromatography and/or fractional crystallization. Enantiomers can be separated by converting the enantiomeric mixture into a diastereomeric mixture by reaction with an appropriate optically active compound (e.g., chiral auxiliary such as a chiral alcohol or Mosher's acid chloride), separating the diastereomers and converting (e.g., hydrolyzing) the individual diastereomers to the corresponding pure enantiomers. Also, some of the compounds of Formula (I) may be atropisomers (e.g., substituted biaryls) and are considered as part of this invention. Enantiomers can also be separated by use of chiral HPLC column.
It is also possible that the compounds of Formula (I) may exist in different tautomeric forms, and all such forms are embraced within the scope of the invention. Also, for example, all keto-enol and imine-enamine forms of the compounds are included in the invention.
All stereoisomers (for example, geometric isomers, optical isomers and the like) of the present compounds (including those of the salts, solvates, esters and prodrugs of the compounds as well as the salts, solvates and esters of the prodrugs), such as those which may exist due to asymmetric carbons on various substituents, including enantiomeric forms (which may exist even in the absence of asymmetric carbons), rotameric forms, atropisomers, and diastereomeric forms, are contemplated within the scope of this invention, as are positional isomers (such as, for example, 4-pyridyl and 3-pyridyl). (For example, if a compound of Formula (I) incorporates a double bond or a fused ring, both the cis- and trans-forms, as well as mixtures, are embraced within the scope of the invention. Also, for example, all keto-enol and imine-enamine forms of the compounds are included in the invention.).
Individual stereoisomers of the compounds of the invention may, for example, be substantially free of other isomers, or may be admixed, for example, as racemates or with all other, or other selected, stereoisomers. The chiral centers of the present invention can have the S or R configuration as defined by the IUPAC 1974 Recommendations. The use of the terms “salt”, “solvate”, “ester”, “prodrug” and the like, is intended to equally apply to the salt, solvate, ester and prodrug of enantiomers, stereoisomers, rotamers, tautomers, positional isomers, racemates or prodrugs of the inventive compounds.
The present invention also embraces isotopically-labelled compounds of the present invention which are identical to those recited herein, but for the fact that one or more atoms are replaced by an atom having an atomic mass or mass number different from the atomic mass or mass number usually found in nature. Examples of isotopes that can be incorporated into compounds of the invention include isotopes of hydrogen, carbon, nitrogen, oxygen, phosphorus, fluorine and chlorine, such as 2H, 3H, 13C, 14C, 15N, 18O, 17O, 31P, 32P, 35S, 18F, and 36Cl, respectively.
Certain isotopically-labelled compounds of Formula (I) (e.g., those labeled with 3H and 14C) are useful in compound and/or substrate tissue distribution assays. Tritiated (i.e., 3H) and carbon-14 (i.e., 14C) isotopes are particularly preferred for their ease of preparation and detectability. Further, substitution with heavier isotopes such as deuterium (i.e., 2H) may afford certain therapeutic advantages resulting from greater metabolic stability (e.g., increased in vivo half-life or reduced dosage requirements) and hence may be preferred in some circumstances. Isotopically labelled compounds of Formula (I) can generally be prepared by following procedures analogous to those disclosed in the Schemes and/or in the Examples hereinbelow, by substituting an appropriate isotopically labelled reagent for a non-isotopically labelled reagent.
Polymorphic forms of the compounds of Formula I, and of the salts, solvates, esters and prodrugs of the compounds of Formula I, are intended to be included in the present invention.
The compounds according to the invention have pharmacological properties; in particular, the compounds of Formula I can beheterocyclic aspartyl protease inhibitors.
The term “pharmaceutical composition” is also intended to encompass both the bulk composition and individual dosage units comprised of more than one (e.g., two) pharmaceutically active agents such as, for example, a compound of the present invention and an additional agent selected from the lists of the additional agents described herein, along with any pharmaceutically inactive excipients. The bulk composition and each individual dosage unit can contain fixed amounts of the afore-said “more than one pharmaceutically active agents”. The bulk composition is material that has not yet been formed into individual dosage units. An illustrative dosage unit is an oral dosage unit such as tablets, pills and the like. Similarly, the herein-described method of treating a patient by administering a pharmaceutical composition of the present invention is also intended to encompass the administration of the afore-said bulk composition and individual dosage units.
Compounds of formula I can be made using procedures known in the art. Preparative methods for preparing starting materials and compounds of formula I are show below as general reaction schemes (Method A, Method B, etc.) followed by specific procedures, but those skilled in the art will recognize that other procedures can also be suitable. In the Schemes and in the Examples below, the following abbreviations are used:
methyl: Me; ethyl: Et; propyl: Pr; butyl: Bu; benzyl: Bn; tertiary butyloxycarbonyl: Boc or BOC
high pressure liquid chromatography: HPLC
liquid chromatography mass spectroscopy: LCMS
room temperature: RT or rt
day: d; hour: h; minute: min
retention time: Rt
microwave: μW
saturated: sat.; anhydrous: anhyd.
1-hydroxybenzotriazole: HOBt
1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride: EDCl
ethyl acetate: EtOAc
Benzyloxycarbonyl: CBZ
[1-(chloromethyl)-4-fluoro-1,4-diazoniabicyclo[2.2.2]octane bis(tetrafluoro-borate)]: Selectfluor
1,8-diazabicyclo[5,4,0]undec-7-ene: DBU
tetrahydrofuran: THF; N,N-dimethylformamide: DMF; methanol: MeOH; diethyl ether: Et2O; acetic acid: AcOH; acetonitrile: MeCN; trifluoroacetic acid: TFA; dichloromethane: DCM; dimethoxyethane: DME; diphenylphosphinoferrocene (dppf);
n-butyllithium: n-BuLi; lithium diisopropylamide: LDA
1-hydroxy-7-azabenzotriazole: HOAt
4-N,N-dimethylaminopyridine: DMAP; diisopropylethylamine: DIEA;
N-methylmorpholine: NMM
Microporous Toluene sulfonic acid resin (MP-TsOH resin)
tris-(2-aminoethyl)aminomethyl polystyrene (PS-trisamine)
methylisocyanate polystyrene (PS-NCO)
Saturated (sat.); anhydrous. (anhyd); room temperature (rt); hour (h); Minutes (Min), Retention Time (Rt); molecular weight (MW); milliliter (mL); gram (g). milligram (mg); equivalent (eq); day (d); microwave (μW); microliter (μL);
All NMR data were collected on 400 MHz NMR spectrometers unless otherwise indicated. LC-Electrospray-Mass spectroscopy with a C-18 column and 5% to 95% MeCN in water as the mobile phase was used to determine the molecular mass and retention time. The tables contain the compounds with retention time/observed MW and/or NMR data.
For internal consistency in the reaction schemes shown in Methods A to DF, the product of each method is shown as structure A4, B4, C3, etc., wherein certain variables are as defined for that method, but it will be apparent that, for example, A4 has the same structure as C3. That is, different methods can be used to prepare similar compounds.
The compounds in the invention may be produced by processes known to those skilled in the art and as shown in the following reaction schemes and in the preparations and examples described below. The tables contain the compounds with observed m/e values from mass spectroscopy and/or NMR data. These compounds can be obtained with synthetic methods similar to these listed in the last column using appropriate reagents.
Method A, Step 1
To a solution of Al (R3═CH3 & R4═CH2CH(CH3)2) (10 mmol, 1 eq) in 30 ml of anhyd. CH2Cl2 was added thiocarbonyl dipyridone (1.2 eq). After stirring overnight the solution was diluted with CH2Cl2, washed with 1N HCl, H2O (2×), and a saturated aqueous NaCl solution (2×). The organic solution was dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated. The crude material was purified via flash chromatography to afford A2 (R3═CH3 & R4═CH2CH(CH3)2).
Method A, Step 2
A solution of 3,5-difluorobenzyl amine (0.15 mmol, 1.5 eq) in THF (0.15 mL) was added to a solution of A2 (R3═CH3 & R4═CH2CH(CH3)2) (0.1 mmol, 1 eq) in anhydrous CH2Cl2 (1 mL). The reaction mixture was refluxed overnight. The reaction solution was added to MP-TsOH resin (2-3 eq) and diluted with CH3CN. The suspension was agitated overnight. The mixture was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated to afford A3 (R1=3,5-difluorobenzyl, R3═CH3, & R4═CH2CH(CH3)2).
Method A, Step 3
To a solution of A3 (R1=3,5-difluorobenzyl, R3═CH3, & R4═CH2CH(CH3)2) (10 mg) in CH3OH (1 mL) was added NH4OH (0.44 mL) and t-butyl hydrogen peroxide (0.1 mL) and the reaction mixture was agitated for 2 d. The solution was concentrated, the resulting residue was dissolved in CH3OH (1.2 mL) and was treated with sulfonic acid resin. The suspension was agitated overnight and the resin was washed with CH3OH (4×10 min) before it was treated with 2 N NH3 in CH3OH for 1 h. The suspension was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated to give the crude material which was purified by preparative HPLC/LCMS eluting with a CH3CN/H2O gradient to afford A4 (R1=3,5-difluorobenzyl, R2═H, R3═CH3, & R4═CH2CH(CH3)2). NMR (CD3OD): δ6.9, m, 3H; δ4.8-4.9, m; δ1.75, d, 2H; δ1.5, m, 1H; δ1.42, s, 3H; δ0.85, d, 3H; δ0.65, d, 3H. ES_LCMS (m/e) 296.1.
The following compounds were synthesized using similar methods:
A modified literature procedure was used (Ugi, I. Angew. Chem. 1962, 74 9-22).
Method B, Step 1
To a solution of B1 (HCl salt, R1=3-chlorophenethyl) (1.1 g, 5.73 mmol) in anhydrous CH3OH (15 mL) was added potassium thiocyanate (0.56 g, 5.73 mmol). The reaction mixture was heated to 60° C. for 1 h. The suspension was filtered and the filtrate was added to B5 (R3=Me, R4=iBu) (0.72 mL, 5.73 mmol) and benzyl isocyanide (0.77 mL, 6.3 mmol). The mixture was stirred overnight before the solution was concentrated and the residue was purified via flash chromatography eluting with ethyl acetate in hexane to yield 0.28 g of B2 (R3═CH3, R4═CH2CH(CH3)2, and R1=3-Chlorophenethyl).
Method B, Step 2
A solution of 40% concentrated HCl in CH3CH2OH was added to B2 (R3=
CH3, R4═CH2CH(CH3)2, and R1=3-Chlorophenethyl) and the solution was heated in a microwave at 160° C. for 30 min. The solution was concentrated and purified via reverse phase preparative HPLC eluting with a CH3CN/H2O (with 0.1% formic acid) gradient to afford B3 (R3═CH3, R4═CH2CH(CH3)2, and R1=3-Chlorophenethyl).
Method B, Step 3
Compound B4 (R2═H, R3═CH3, R4═CH2CH(CH3)2, and R1=3-Chlorophenethyl) was prepared from B3 (R3═CH3, R4═CH2CH(CH3)2, and R1=3-Chlorophenethyl) following a procedure similar to Method A, Step 3.
NMR (CD3OD): δ 8.1, br, 1H, δ 7.35, s, 1H, δ 7.25, m, 3H; δ 3.6, m, 1H; δ 3.4, m, 1H; δ 3.0, m, 1H; δ 2.8, m, 1H; δ 1.75, m, 1H; δ 1.6, m, 1H, δ 1.35, m, 1H; δ 1.2 s, 3H; δ 0.8, m, 6H. ES_LCMS (m/e): 308.1
The following compounds were prepared using similar methods
Method C, Step 1
A solution of Cl (R3═R4═CH2CH2CH2CH3) (50 mg, 0.25 mmol) and C4 (R1=3-chlorophenyl) (38 μL, 0.26 mmol) was refluxed overnight. Trisamine resin (2 eq) and polystyrene isocyanate resin (2 eq) was added and the mixture was agitated. After 3 h, the suspension was filtered and the resin was washed with CH2Cl2 (3×) and CH3OH (3×). The filtrate was concentrated to afford C2 (R1=3-C1-C6H4, R3═R4═CH2CH2CH2CH3) (60 mg, 68%).
Method C, Step 2
Compound C3 (R1=3-C1-C6H4, R2═H, R3═R4═CH2CH2CH2CH3) was prepared from C2 (R1=3-C1-C6H4, R3═R4═CH2CH2CH2CH3) following a procedure similar to Method A, Step 3. NMR (CDCl3): δ 7.4, m, 2H; δ 7.2, m, 2H; δ 5.0, s, 2H; δ 1.7, m, 4H; δ 1.1, m, 8H; δ 0.7; m, 6H. ES_LCMS (m/e): 336.1.
The following compounds were prepared using similar method.
Method D, Step 1
A mixture of D1 (R3═R4═CH2C6H5) (20 g), potassium cyanide (40 g) and ammonium carbonate (15 g) in ethanol (100 mL) and H2O (200 mL) was heated in a sealed flask at 130° C. overnight to yield 25 g of D2 (R3═R4═CH2C6H5) after filtration followed by washing with water.
Method D, Step 2
A solution of 2 N KOH (3 eq) was added to D2 (R3═R4═CH2C6H5) (1 eq) and irradiated via microwave at 185° C. for 3 h followed by addition of concentrated HCl to the solution until a pH=2-3 was obtained. The solid was filtered and washed with water to afford D3 (R3═R4═CH2C6H5).
Method D, Step 3
A solution of trimethylsilyldiazomethane in hexane (2 N) (2 eq) was added drop wise to a solution of D3 (R3═R4═CH2C6H5) (1 eq) in anhydrous CH3OH (30 mL). After 1 h, an additional 2 eq of trimethylsilyldiazomethane in hexane (2 N) was added and the reaction was stirred for 20 minutes before it was concentrated. The residue was dissolved in a 0.2 N HCl solution (25 mL) and washed with ether (3×). A saturated solution of Na2CO3 was added to the aqueous phase until the pH of the solution was basic. The solution was extracted with ethyl acetate (3×). The organic extracts were combined, dried over Na2SO4, and concentrated to afford D4 (R3═R4═CH2C6H5).
The following amino esters were prepared using a similar method.
Method E, Step 1
Thionyl chloride (0.47, 6.38 mmol) was added drop wise to a solution of E1 (R3═CH2CH2C6H5) (2 g, 6.38 mmol) and benzaldehyde dimethyl acetal (0.96 mL, 6.38 mmol) in anhydrous THF at 0° C. under N2. After 5 min, ZnCl2 (0.87 g, 6.38 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred at 0° C. After 3 h, an additional amount of ZnCl2 (0.18 g, 1.28 mmol) and thionyl chloride (0.1 mL, 1.28 mmol) were added and stirred for 1 h at 0° C. The reaction mixture was poured into a stirred suspension of ice/H2O. The mixture was stirred occasionally until the ice melted. The aqueous solution was extracted with ether (3×). The combined organic extracts were washed with H2O (3×), a sat. aqueous solution of NaHCO3 (1×), and H2O (2×). The organic solution was dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated. The crude material was purified via flash chromatography eluting with ethyl acetate in hexane to yield compound E2 (R3═CH2CH2C6H5).
Method E, Step 2
A solution of lithium hexamethyldisilazide in hexane (1.0 M, 1.65 mL, 1.64 mmol) was added drop wise to a solution of E2 (R3═CH2CH2C6H5) (600 mg, 1.49 mmol) and HMPA (0.85 mL) in THF (6.5 mL) cooled at −78° C. under N2. After 15 min, isobutyl iodide (0.52 mL, 4.48 mmol) was added drop wise and the reaction mixture was stirred at −78° C. for 3 h. The reaction was warmed to −65° C., stirred for 2 h and warmed to rt overnight. The reaction solution was poured into a mixture of sat. NaHCO3 (aq)/ether/ice. The aqueous layer was extracted with ether (3×). The organic extracts were combined and washed with brine (2×). The organic solution was dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated. The crude material was purified via flash chromatography eluting with ethyl acetate in hexane to yield compound E3 (R3═CH2CH2C6H5, R4═CH2CH(CH3)2).
Method E, Step 3
A solution of lithium methoxide (1 N in CH3OH) (0.36 mL, 0.36 mmol) was added to compound E3 (R3═CH2CH2C6H5, R4═CH2CH(CH3)2). The reaction mixture was shaken at rt for 50 min. An additional 0.55 eq of lithium methoxide were added. After 2.5 h, a sat. aqueous solution of NaHSO3 (0.75 mL) and ethyl acetate (3 mL) was added to the reaction mixture and shaken for 15 min. The suspension was filtered. The resulting white solid was washed with a sat. aqueous solution of NaHSO3(1×) and ethyl acetate (1×). The aqueous phase of the filtrate was separated and extracted with ethyl acetate (2×). The organic extracts were combined and washed with a sat. aqueous solution of NaHSO3 (8×). The organic solution was dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated to afford E4 (R3═CH2CH2C6H5, R4═CH2CH(CH3)2) (109 mg, 87%).
Method E, Step 4
To a solution of E4 (R3═CH2CH2C6H5, R4═CH2CH(CH3)2) (109 mg, 0.28 mmol) in CH3OH (4 mL) was added 1 N HCl (0.28 mL, 0.28 mmol) and 20% palladium hydroxide on carbon (22 mg). The reaction mixture was hydrogenated at 40 psi. After 2.5 h, the reaction was filtered and the catalyst was washed with CH3OH (3×). The filtrate was concentrated to afford E5 (R3═CH2CH2C6H5, R4═CH2CH(CH3)2) (78 mg, 96%).
The following aminoesters were prepared using similar method.
A 500 mL methanol solution of 20 g of D5 (R3=benzyl, n=1) with 1.5 eq of HCl was hydrogenated with 1 g of Rh/C (5% w/w) and 2 g of Pt/C (5% w/w) at 60 psi for 2 days. The solid was filtered and washed with excessive methanol. The combined solution was evaporated to give 20 g of F1 (R3=cyclohexylmethyl, n=1) as HCl salt.
The following amino esters were examples prepared using similar method.
Method G, Step 1
To a solution of G1 (R1═CH2(3-ClC6H4) and R3═CH3) (400 mg, 1.23 mmol, generated following a procedure similar to Method C, Step 1) in ethanol (5 mL) was added lithium hydroxide monohydrate (100 mg, 2.45 mmol) in H2O (0.5 mL). After 2.5 h, another portion of lithium hydroxide monohydrate (100 mg, 2.45 mmol) was added. After 5.5 h, the reaction mixture was diluted with H2O (15 mL) and extracted with ether (2×). A solution of 30% HCl was added to the aqueous phase until its pH=1 to 2. The solution was saturated with NaCl and extracted with ethyl acetate (3×). The organic solution was dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated to afford G2 (R1═CH2(3-ClC6H4) and R3═CH3) (357 mg, 93%).
Method G, Step 2
A solution of benzyl amine (1.2 eq) was added to G2 (R1═CH2(3-ClC6H4) and R3═CH3) (1 eq), HOBT (1.5 eq) and polystyrene EDC resin (94 mg, 1.53 mmol/g, 3 eq) in 1:1 THF:CH3CN (1 mL). The reaction mixture was shaken overnight at rt. Trisamine resin (85 mg, 3.38 mmol/g, 6 eq) and isocyanate resin (100 mg, 1.47 mmol/g, 3 eq) was added. After 6 h, the suspension was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated to afford G3 (R1═CH2(3-ClC6H4), R3═CH3, R15═CH2C6H5 and R16═H).
Method G, Step 3
Compound G4 (R1═CH2(3-ClC6H4), R2═H, R3═CH3, R15═CH2C6H5 and R15═H) was prepared from G3 (R1═CH2(3-ClC6H4), R3═CH3, R15═CH2C6H5 and R16═H) following a procedure similar to Method A, Step 3.
The following compounds were prepared using similar methods.
Method H, Step 1
To a solution of H1 (R3═CH3) (5 g, 39 mmol) in a 1:1 mixture of 0.5 M NaHCO3:CH3CH2OH was added R1—NCS(R1=3-chlorobenzyl) (11.5 mL, 78 mmol). The reaction mixture was heated at 50° C. overnight. The reaction was cooled and diluted with water. The aqueous phase was extracted with ethyl acetate (5×). The organic extracts were combined, washed with water (2×) and dried over Na2SO4. The solution was filtered and solvent was removed to give a small volume of solution. Hexane was added and the resulting suspension was filtered to yield 6.8 g of a solid H2 (R3═CH3, R1═CH2(3-ClC6H4)) (61%).
Method H, Step 2
Compound H3 (R3═CH3, R1═CH2(3-ClC6H4)) was synthesized from H2 (R3═CH3, R1═CH2(3-ClC6H4)) following a procedure similar to Method A, Step 3.
Method H, Step 3
To a solution of crude H3 (R3═CH3, ═CH2(3-ClC6H4)) (14 mmol) in a 1:3 mixture of CH3OH:THF was added 0.5 M NaHCO3 in H2O (28 mL, 14 mmol) and di-tert-butyl dicarbonate (3.69 g, 16.9 mmol). The reaction was stirred at rt for 2.5 h and then stored at −10° C. overnight. The reaction was diluted with brine and extracted with ethyl acetate (4×). The organic extracts were combined and washed with brine (1×). The organic solution was dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated. The crude material was purified via flash chromatography eluting with ethyl acetate in hexane to afford 1.5 g of H4 (R1═CH2(3-ClC6H4) and R3═CH3).
Method H, Step 4
A solution of triflic anhydride (128 μL, 0.76 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (5 mL) was added drop wise to a solution of H4 (R1═CH2(3-ClC6H4) and R3═CH3) (200 mg, 0.55 mmol) and 2,6-lutidine (176 μL, 2.18 mmol) at −30° C. The reaction mixture was stirred for 1.5 h. Water (10 mL) was added at −20° C. and the ice bath was removed. The reaction was stirred until it reached 0° C. The organic layer was separated, dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated to afford 310 mg of H5 (R1═CH2(3-ClC6H4) and R3═CH3).
Method H, Step 5
A solution of crude H5 (R1═CH2(3-ClC6H4) and R3═CH3) (0.11 mmol) and 7N ammonia in Methanol (R21—H═NH2—H) (10 eq) was stirred overnight at rt. The reaction solution was concentrated. The crude material was purified using reverse phase preparative HPLC eluting with a CH3CN/H2O gradient with 0.1% formic acid to yield H6 (R1═CH2(3-ClC6H4), R3═CH3, R21═NH2).
Method H, Step 6
A solution of 50% trifluoroacetic acid in CH2Cl2 (2 mL) was added to H6 (R1═CH2(3-ClC6H4), R3═CH3, R21═NH2). After 40 min the solvent was evaporated and residue purified by preparative HPLC/LCMS eluting with a CH3CN/H2O gradient to afford H7 (R1═CH2(3-ClC6H4), R3═CH3, R21═NH2).
NMR (CDCl3), δ 7.45, m, 3H, δ 7.35, m, 1H; δ 4.9, m, 2H; δ 3.5, m, 2H, δ 1.65, s, 3H. ES_LCMS (m/e) 267.07.
The following compounds were prepared using similar methods.
Method I, Step 1
Diethylaminomethyl polystyrene resin (5 eq) was added to a solution of the formate salt of I1 (R1═CH2(3-ClC6H4), R3═CH3 and R16═H) in CH2Cl2 and the suspension was agitated. After 15 min, the mixture was filtered and the resin was washed with CH2Cl2 (4×). The filtrate was concentrated to afford the free base I1(R1═CH2(3-ClC6H4), R3═CH3 and R16═H).
A solution of R15COOH(R15=Phenethyl) (1.3 eq) was added to a mixture of EDC resin (41 mg, 1.53 mmol/g, 3 eq), HOBT (1.5 eq), and the free base of 11 (R1═CH2(3-ClC6H4), R3═CH3 and R16═H) (0.021 mmol) in 1:1 CH3CN:THF. The suspension was agitated overnight. Polystyrene isocyanate resin (45 mg, 3 eq), polystyrene trisamine resin (40 mg, 6 eq) and a 1:1 mixture of CH3CN:THF (0.5 mL) was added. The mixture was agitated for 6 h. The suspension was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated to afford 12 (R1═CH2(3-ClC6H4), R3═CH3, R16═H and R15═CH2CH2C6H5).
Method I, Step 2
13 (R1═CH2(3-ClC6H4), R3═CH3, R16═H and R15═CH2CH2C6H5) was prepared from 12 (R1═CH2(3-ClC6H4), R3═CH3, R16═H and R15═CH2CH2C6H5) using method similar to method H step 6.
The following compounds were prepared using similar method.
Method J, Step 1
Diethylaminomethyl polystyrene resin (5 eq) was added to a solution of J1 (TFA salt, R1═CH2(3-ClC6H4) and R3═CH3) in CH2Cl2 and the suspension was agitated. After 15 min, the mixture was filtered and the resin was washed with CH2Cl2 (4×). The filtrate was concentrated to afford the free base. A solution of R15NCO(R15=butyl) (2 eq) in CH2Cl2 was added to the free base of J1 (R1═CH2(3-ClC6H4) and R3═CH3) (0.021 mmol) in 1:1 CH3CN:THF. The suspension was agitated overnight. Polystyrene isocyanate resin (45 mg, 3 eq), polystyrene trisamine resin (40 mg, 6 eq) and a 1:1 mixture of CH3CN:THF (0.5 mL) was added. The mixture was agitated for 6 h. The suspension was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated to afford J2 (R1═CH2(3-ClC6H4), R3═CH3, and R15═CH2CH2CH2CH3).
Method J, Step 2
Compound J3 (R1═CH2(3-ClC6H4), R3═CH3, and R15═CH2CH2CH2CH3) was prepared from J2 (R1═CH2(3-ClC6H4), R3═CH3, and R15═CH2CH2CH2CH3) following the procedure described in Method H, Step 2.
The following compounds were prepared using similar method.
Method K, Step 1
A solution of R15SO2Cl(R15=Propyl)(1.5 eq) was added to a suspension of polystyrene diisopropylethylamine resin (18 mg, 3.45 mmol/g, 3 eq) and the free base of K1 prepared using method H(R1═CH2(3-ClC6H4) and R3═CH3) (0.021 mmol) in 1:1 CH3CN:THF. The suspension was agitated overnight. Polystyrene isocyanate resin (45 mg, 3 eq), polystyrene trisamine resin (40 mg, 6 eq) and a 1:1 mixture of CH3CN:THF (0.5 mL) was added. The mixture was agitated for 6 h. The suspension was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated to afford K2 (R1═CH2(3-ClC6H4), R3═CH3, and R15═CH2CH2CH3).
Method K, Step 2
Compound K3 (R1═CH2(3-ClC6H4), R3═CH3, and R15═CH2CH2CH3) was prepared from K2 (R1═CH2(3-ClC6H4), R3═CH3, and R15═CH2CH2CH3) following the procedure described in Method H, Step 6.
The following compounds were prepared using similar method.
(In the scheme, —Z—NH—C(O)R16— is equivalent to R1 substituted by R21, or R1Subsitituted by alkyl-R22, wherein R21 and R22 are —N(R15)C(O)R16 and R15 is H, and wherein Z is optionally substituted alkylene-arylene, alkylene-arylene-alkylene, alkylene-heteroarylene, alkylene-heteroarylene-alkylene, alkylene-cycloalkylene, alkylene-cycloalkylene-alkylene, alkylene-heterocycloalkylene, alkylene-heterocycloalkylene-alkylene, arylene, heteroarylene, cycloalkylene or heterocycloalkylene)
Method L, Step 1
A solution of L1 (R3═CH3 and R4═CH2CH(CH3)2) (1 eq) and Z=-para-methylene-benzyl) (1.05 eq) in CH2Cl2 was stirred at rt. The reaction solution was concentrated and purified via flash chromatography. The material was treated with 50% trifluoroacetic acid in CH2Cl2 for 30 min. The solution was concentrated. The residue was dissolved in 1 N HCl (10 mL) and washed with ether (2×). A saturated solution of Na2CO3 in H2O was added to the aqueous phase until the solution became basic. The solution was extracted with CH2Cl2 (3×). The CH2Cl2 extracts were combined, dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated to yield L2 (R3═CH3, R4═CH2CH(CH3)2, Z=para-(CH2)C6H4(CH2)—).
Method L, Step 2
Compound L3 (R3═CH3, R4═CH2CH(CH3)2, Z=para-(CH2)C6H4(CH2)—, R16═CH2CH2CH2CH3) was prepared from L2 (R3═CH3, R4═CH2CH(CH3)2, Z=para-(CH2)C6H4(CH2)—) following the procedure described in Method I, Step 1.
Method L, Step 3
Compound L4 (R3═CH3, R4═CH2CH(CH3)2, Z=para-(CH2)C6H4(CH2)—, R1═CH2CH2CH2CH3) was prepared from (R3═CH3, R4═CH2CH(CH3)2, Z=para-(CH2)C6H4(CH2)—, R16═CH2CH2CH2CH3) following the procedure described in Method A, Step 3.
The following compounds were prepared using similar method.
(In the scheme, —Z—NH—C(O)—NHR15— is equivalent to R1 substituted by R21, or R1Subsitituted by alkyl-R22, wherein R21 and R22 are —N(R16)—C(O)—NHR15 and R16 is H, and wherein Z is optionally substituted alkylene-arylene, alkylene-arylene-alkylene, alkylene-heteroarylene, alkylene-heteroarylene-alkylene, alkylene-cycloalkylene, alkylene-cycloalkylene-alkylene, alkylene-heterocycloalkylene, alkylene-heterocycloalkylene-alkylene, arylene, heteroarylene, cycloalkylene or heterocycloalkylene)
Method M, Step 1
Compound M2 (R3═CH3, R4═CH2CH(CH3)2, Z=para-(CH2)C6H4(CH2)—R15=3,4-difluorophenyl) was prepared from M1 (R3═CH3, R4═CH2CH(CH3)2, Z=para-(CH2)C6H4(CH2)—) following the procedure described in Method J, Step 1.
Method M, Step 2
Compound M3 (R3═CH3, R4═CH2CH(CH3)2, Z=para-(CH2)C6H4(CH2)—, R15=3,4-difluorophenyl) was prepared from M2 (R3═CH3, R4═CH2CH(CH3)2, Z=para-(CH2)C6H4(CH2)—, R15=3,4-difluorophenyl) following the procedure described in Method A, Step 3. NMR (CD3OD) δ 7.45, m, 1H; δ 7.26, m, 4H, 7.24, m, 1H; δ 6.96, m, 1H; δ 4.8, m; δ 4.3, s, 2H; δ 1.69, m, 2H; δ 1.44, m, 1H; S 1.37, s, 3H; δ 0.8, m, 3H; δ 0.63, m, 3H. ES_LCMS (m/e) 430.27
The following compounds were prepared using similar method.
(In the scheme, —Z—NH—S(O)2R16— is equivalent to R1 substituted by R21, or R1Subsitituted by alkyl-R22, wherein R21 and R22 are —N(R16)—C(O)—NHR15 and R16 is H, and wherein Z is optionally substituted alkylene-arylene, alkylene-arylene-alkylene, alkylene-heteroarylene, alkylene-heteroarylene-alkylene, alkylene-cycloalkylene, alkylene-cycloalkylene-alkylene, alkylene-heterocycloalkylene, alkylene-heterocycloalkylene-alkylene, arylene, heteroarylene, cycloalkylene or heterocycloalkylene)
Method N, Step 1
Compound N2 (R3═CH3, R4═CH2CH(CH3)2, Z=para-(CH2)C6H4(CH2)—, R16═CH2CH(CH3)2) was prepared from N1 (R3═CH3, R4═CH2CH(CH3)2, Z=para-(CH2)C6H4(CH2)—) following the procedure described in Method K, Step 1.
Method N, Step 2
Compound N3 (R3═CH3, R4═CH2CH(CH3)2, Z=para-(CH2)C6H4(CH2)—, R16═CH2CH(CH3)2) was prepared from N2 (R3═CH3, R4═CH2CH(CH3)2, Z=para-(CH2)C6H4(CH2)—, R16═CH2CH(CH3)2) following the procedure described in Method A, Step 3.
The following compounds were prepared using similar method.
Method O, Step 1
A solution of indole-6-methanol (400 mg, 2.72 mmol), tert-butyldimethysilyl chloride (816 mg, 5.41 mmol) and imidazole (740 mg, 10.9 mmol) in CH2Cl2 was stirred at rt. overnight before the solvent was evaporated and residue chromatographed using ethylacetate/hexane to give product O2.
Method O, Step 2
To a solution of O2 (200 mg, 0.77 mmol) in THF (10 mL) at −78° C. was added butyl lithium (1.2 eq). The solution was stirred at −78° C. for 5 min and then warmed to rt. The reaction mixture was cooled to −78° C. and p-toluenesulfonyl chloride was added. The solution was warmed to rt and stirred overnight. The reaction was quenched with a saturated aqueous K2CO3 solution, extracted with ethyl acetate and CH2Cl2. The crude material was purified via flash chromatography using ethylacetate/hexane to afford 360 mg of O3.
Method O, Step 3
A solution butyl lithium (1.2 eq) was added to a solution of O3 (340 mg, 0.829 mmol) in THF (20 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred for 15 min at −78° C. then sulfur dioxide was bubbled through the solution for 15 min. Hexane (100 mL) was added to the reaction mixture. The reaction mixture was evaporated to afford O4 which was used in the next step without further purification.
Method O, Step 4
To a solution of O4 (0.829 mmol) in CH2Cl2 cooled to 0° C. was added N-chlorosuccinimide (220 mg, 1.66 mmol). After 2 h of stirring, the solution was filtered through a Celite plug. The filtrate was concentrated to afford O5.
Method O, Step 5
To a solution of O5 in anhydrous pyridine (3 mL) was added butyl amine (100 μL). The reaction was agitated at rt for 4 d. The reaction mixture was partitioned between 1 N HCl and CH2Cl2. The organic layer was separated and washed with 1 N HCl (3×). The organic solution was dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated. The crude material was purified via flash chromatography using ethylacetate/hexane to yield O6.
Method O, Step 6
To a solution of O6 (70 mg) in THF was added TBAF. The reaction was stirred at rt. before the reaction mixture was chromatographed using ethylacetate/hexane to afforded 50 mg of O7 (95%).
Method O, Step 7
To a solution of O7 (50 mg) in CH2Cl2 (5 mL) was added thionyl chloride (1 mL) the reaction was stirred for 5 min and then evaporated to afford 08.
Method O, Step 8
To a solution of O8 in CH3OH (5 mL) was added sodium azide (50 mg). The solution was stirred at rt overnight and solvent evaporated. The residue was chromatographed using ethylacetate/hexane to afforded O9 after purification.
Method O, Step 9
To a suspension of O9 (70 mg) in CH3OH was added 1 eq HCl (aq) and palladium on carbon. The reaction mixture was hydrogenated at 1 atm for 20 min to yield 90 mg of crude product O10.
Method O, Step 10
A solution of lithium hydroxide (30 mg) in H2O was added to a solution of O10 (40 mg) in CH3OH (3 mL). The reaction was stirred at rt for 2 h and an additional portion of LiOH (40 mg) was added and solution was stirred for 2 more hours. The solvent was evaporated and residue chromatographed using ethylacetate/hexane to afforded O11.
Method P, Step 1
A 300 mL of THF solution of 100 g of P1 (R23=n-Pr) was added to a suspension of 38 g of LAH in 2 L of anhydrous THF at 0 C. The reaction mixture is stirred at r.t. for 1 h before 30 ml of H2O, 90 ml of 15% NaOH was added at 0° C. The mixture was stirred at r.t. for one hour before Na2SO4 (anh) was added, the mixture was filtered, and the solution evaporated to give a product which was dried under vacuo overnight. This product was dissolved in 600 ml of DCM and the solution was added into a solution of oxalyl chloride (37.3 ml) and DMSO (60.8 ml) in 1.4 L of DCM at −78° C. over 40 min before Diisopropylethylamine (299 ml) was added at −78° C. The reaction was allowed to reach −10° C. The reaction was quenched with 1 L H2O at −10° C. and the mixture was extracted with DCM. After removal of solvent, P2 (R23=Pr, 106 g) was obtained. The crude material was used for next step without purification.
Method P, Step 2
To a 1.5 L DCM solution of P2 (R23=Pr, 106 g) was added p-Boc-aminomethylbenzylamine (1.1 eq) and sodium triacetoxyborohydride (1.1 eq) and the reaction was stirred at r.t. overnight. The reaction was quenched with H2O and content extracted with DCM. After removal of solvents the residue was chromatographed using a silica gel column eluted with 3% MeOH in DCM to give 42.5 g of P3 (R23=Pr).
Method P, Step 3
A 10 ml MeOH solution of P3 (R23=Pr, 110 mg) was hydrogenated using Pd/C (5%, 11 mg) at 1 atm of hydrogen to give product P4 (R23=Pr) after removal of solvent and catalyst.
Method P, Step 4
To a 10 ml DCM solution of P4 at 0° C. (R23=Pr) was added triphosgene (1.2 eq) and triethylamine (2.4 eq) and the solution was stirred at 0 C for 2 h before the reaction was extracted with DCM/H2O. After removal of the solvent, the residue was chromatographed using a silica gel column eluted with EtOAc/Hexane to give a white solid which was treated with 2N HCl in dioxane for 2 h. After removal of the solvent, compound P5 (R23=Pr) as a white solid was obtained (80 mg).
The following compounds were synthesized using similar methods:
Method Q, Step 1
At room temperature, Q1 (R3=Me; R4=iBu) (1.00 g) and Q8 (n=1, p=2, m=1) (1.24 g) in dichloromethane (30 mL) were stirred for 42 h. This mixture was concentrated in vacuo to give an amber oil which was purified on a column of silica gel (200 mL) eluted with ethylacetate/hexane to give Q2 (n=1, p=2, m=1, R3=Me; R4=iBu), a colorless oil (1.59 g).
Method Q, Step 2
Compound Q3 (n=1, p=2, m=1, R2=H, R3=Me; R4=iBu) was prepared from Q2 (n=1, p=2, m=1, R3=Me; R4=iBu) using method similar to method A step 3.
Method Q, Step 3
Compound Q3 (n=1, p=2, m=1, R2=H, R3=Me; R4=iBu) (1.37 g) in anhydrous dichloromethane (25 mL) was treated with di-tert-butyl dicarbonate (0.68 g, 1.1 equiv.) and diisopropylethylamine (0.66 mL, 1.1.equiv.). The resulting solution was stirred at room temperature for 20 h before it was diluted with dichloromethane and washed with 1N hydrochloric acid. The dried dichloromethane solution was concentrated in vacuo to give a colorless film (1.32 g) which was purified on a column of silica gel (125 mL) and eluted with hexane:ethyl acetate to give compound Q4 (n=1, p=2, m=1, R2=H, R3=Me; R4=i-Bu) as a white foam (0.74 g).
Method Q, Step 4
Compound Q4 (n=1, p=2, m=1, R2=H, R3=Me; R4=iBu) (0.540 g) in absolute EtOH (20 mL) was hydrogenated with 10% Pd/C (0.400 g) at 1 atm for 2 h. The reaction mixture was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to give Q5 (n=1, p=2, m=1, R2═H, R3=Me; R4=iBu) as a colorless oil (0.35 g).
Method Q, Step 5
Compound Q5 (n=1, p=2, m=1, R2═H, R3=Me; R4=iBu) (0.012 g) and HOBt (0.005 g) dissolved in acetonitrile (0.8 mL) and tetrahydrofuran (0.25 mL) was treated with EDC resin (0.080 g, 3 eq., 1.53 mmol/g) in a microtiter plate well followed by addition of a 1M dichloroethane solution of R15—COOH (40 uL, 1.25 eq.). After the well was capped and shaken for 18 h, the mixture was filtered and the resin washed with acetonitrile (0.5 mL). The combined solution was treated with Trisamine resin (0.050 g, 6 eq., 4.23 mmol/g) and Isocyanate resin (0.067 g, 3 eq., 1.53 mmol/g) for 18 h before the solution was filtered and the solvent was removed in vacuo to give Q6 (n=1, p=2, m=1, R2═H, R3=Me; R4=iBu, R15=Me).
Method Q, Step 6
A dichloromethane solution (1.0 mL) of Q6 (n=1, p=2, m=1, R2═H, R3=Me; R4=iBu, R16=Me) was mixed with trifluoroacetic acid (1.0 mL) and the solution was shaken for 2 h before it was concentrated. Diethyl ether (0.5 mL) was added and then concentrated in vacuo to give a residue, which was purified on a Prep LCMS unit to give Q7 (=1, p=2, m=1, R2═H, R3=Me; R4=iBu, R15=Me). NMR (CDCl3): δ 8.38, br, 2H; δ 4.56, m, 1H; δ 3.79, m, 1H; δ 3.57, m, 2H; δ 2.99, m, 1H, δ 2.48, m, 1H; δ 2.04, s, 3H, δ 1.95, m, 1H; δ 1.5-1.8, m, 5H; δ 1.5, s, 3H, 1.25, m, 2H; δ 0.95, m, 3H; δ 0.85, m, 3H. ES_LCMS (m/e) 309.17.
The following compounds were prepared using similar methods:
Method R, Step 1
A solution of R1 (n=1, p=2, m=1, R2═H, R3=Me; R4=iBu) (0.010 g) in acetonitrile (0.85 mL) and dichloroethane (0.15 mL) was put into a microtiter plate well followed by addition of 0.12 ml of 0.5M phenylisocyanate solution in dichloroethane. The well was sealed and the plate shaken for 20 h before the mixture was filtered and the solid washed with acetonitrile (0.5 ml). The combined solution was treated with Trisamine resin (0.050 g, 6 eq., 4.23 mmol/g) and Isocyanate resin (0.067 g, 3 eq., 1.53 mmol/g) and the mixture was shaken for 18 h. The mixture was filtered and the solution was evaporated to give R2 (n=1, p=2, m=1, R2═H, R3=Me; R4=iBu and R15=Ph).
Method R, Step 2
Procedure similar to Method Q, step 6 was used for the transformation of R2 (n=1, p=2, m=1, R2═H, R3=Me; R4=iBu and R15=Ph) to R3 (n=1, p=2, m=1, R2═H, R3=Me; R4=iBu and R15=Ph).
The following compounds were prepared using similar methods:
Method S, Step 1
A solution of S1 (n=1, p=2, m=1, R2═H, R3=Me; R4=iBu) (0.010 g) in acetonitrile (0.85 mL) and dichloroethane (0.15 mL) was put into a microtiter plate followed by addition of DIPEA-MP resin (0.030 g, 4 eq) and phenylsulfonyl chloride in dioxane (1M, 45μL, 0.045 mmol. The well was capped and shaken for 18 h before it was filtered and residue washed with acetonitrile (0.5 mL). The combined solution was treated with Trisamine resin (0.040 g, 6 eq., 4.23 mmol/g) and Isocyanate resin (0.060 g, 3 equiv., 1.53 mmol/g) and shaken for 18 h before the mixture was filtered and the solvent removed to give S2 (n=1, p=2, m=1, R2═H, R3=Me; R4=iBu and R15=Ph).
Method S, Step 2
Procedure similar to Method Q, step 6 was used for the transformation of S2 to S3 (n=1, p=2, m=1, R2═H, R3=Me; R4=iBu and R15=Ph).
The following compounds were prepared using similar methods:
Method T, Step 1
To a microtiter plate well containing 1 ml solution of T1 (n=1, p=2, m=1, R2═H, R3=Me; R4=iBu) in DCM (0.010 g) and R15C(O)R16 (5 equiv, R15═H, R16=Ph) was added Sodium cyanoborohydride in dichloroethane (14.3 mg/mL, 2 equiv.). The well was capped and shaken for 20 h before MP-TsOH Resin (100 mg, 1.29 mmol/g) was added to the well followed by additional MP-TsOH resin (50 mg) after 2 h. After the mixture was shaken for another 1 h, the mixture was filtered and the resin washed with dichloroethane (1 mL) (3×), then MeOH (1 mL) (2×). The resin was treated with 7N ammonia in MeOH (1 mL) for 30 min (2×) followed by filtration and evaporation of solvent to give T2 (n=1, p=2, m=1, R2═H, R3=Me; R4=iBu and R15=Ph and R16═H).
Method T, Step 2
Procedure similar to Method Q, step 6 was used for the transformation of T2 (n=1, p=2, m=1, R2═H, R3=Me; R4=iBu and R15=Ph and R16═H) to T3 (n=1, p=2, m=1, R2═H, R3=Me; R4=iBu and R15=Ph and R16═H).
The following compounds were prepared using similar methods:
Alternatively, similar synthetic method can be used for the generation of other types of compounds. i.e.
In a microwave vial was charged U1 (R2═H; R3=i-Bu, R4=Me) (0.025 g) in toluene (4 mL), potassium carbonate (0.035 g), Pd(dppf)Cl2 (0.020 g). water (0.02 mL) and R21B(OH)2 (R21=m-Methoxyphenyl) (3 eq.) were placed. The vial was placed in a microwave for 10 min. at 150° C. The reaction mixture was diluted with dichloromethane and extracted with 2.5N NaOH. The dried (MgSO4) dichloromethane solution was concentrated in vacuo to give a brown residue which was purified via a RP Prep LCMS system to give product U2 (R2═H; R3=iBu: R4=Me; R21=m-methoxyphenyl).
The following compounds were prepared using similar methods:
Method V, Step 1
Compound V1 (R3=R4=Me) (14.76 mmole), EDCI (14.76 mmole), HOAt (14.76 mmole), and DIEA (14.76 mmole) were mixed with 36 ml DCM. This mixture was stirred at RT for 15 min before 3-chlorobenzylamine was added. After the reaction solution was stirred at RT overnight, it was washed with sodium carbonate (3×), water, 1N HCl (4×), and aq sodium bicarbonate and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was evaporated and the residue was purified on flash column to give the amide product V2 (R1=3-chlorobenzyl; R3=R4=Me).
Method V, Step 2
Compound V2 (R1=3-chlorobenzyl; R3=R4=Me) (8.33 mmole) was dissolved in 35 ml anhydrous DCM, and cooled to 0-5° C. Thiophosgene (9.16 mmole) in 10 ml DCM was added dropwise under N2 followed by addition of DIEA (11.96 mmole). The solution was stirred in ice bath for 0.5 h before the reaction mixture was washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate (3×), brine, and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was evaporated and residue purified on flash column using ethylacetate/hexane to give the thiohydantoin V3 (R1=3-chlorobenzyl; R3=R4=Me).
Method V, Step 3
The thiohydantoin V3 (R1=3-chlorobenzyl; R3=R4=Me) was treated with t-butyl hydroperoxide and ammonium hydroxide in MeOH at RT for 48 h to give compound V4 (R1=3-chlorobenzyl; R2═H; R3=R4=Me).
The following compounds were prepared using similar method.
Compound W1 obtained using method A (n=1, R2=m-Cl-Bn, R3=Me) was hydrolyzed to W2 (n=1, R2=m-Cl—Bn, R3=Me) using two equivalent of LiOH in MeOH.
The following compounds were synthesized in similar fashion:
(In the scheme, —Z—NH—C(O)—N(R16)(R17)— is equivalent to R1 substituted by R21, or R1Subsitituted by alkyl-R22, wherein R21 and R22 are —NH—C(O)—N(R16)(R17) and R15 is H, and wherein Z is optionally substituted alkylene-arylene, alkylene-arylene-alkylene, alkylene-heteroarylene, alkylene-heteroarylene-alkylene, alkylene-cycloalkylene, alkylene-cycloalkylene-alkylene, alkylene-heterocycloalkylene, alkylene-heterocycloalkylene-alkylene, arylene, heteroarylene, cycloalkylene or heterocycloalkylene)
Method X, Step 1
To a mixture of the amine X1 obtained using method L (R3=Me; R4=i-Bu; Z=para-(CH2)C6H4(CH2)—) (10 mg) in DCM and sat. NaHCO3 (1:1 by volume) was added triphosgene (0.33 eq) at r.t. The solution was stirred vigorously for 40 minutes before the organic layer was separated and dried over anhydrous Na2SO4. The organic solution was evaporated to give compound X2 (R3=Me; R4=i-Bu; Z=para-(CH2)C6H4(CH2)—).
Method X, Step 2
Compound X3 (R15═H; R16=cyclopropylmethyl; R3=Me; R4=iBu; Z=para-(CH2)C6H4(CH2)—) was prepared from X2 (R3=Me; R4=i-Bu; Z=para-(CH2)C6H4(CH2)—) using method similar to method M, step 1.
Method X, Step 3
Compound X4 (R16═H; R17=cyclopropylmethyl; R2═H; R3=Me; R4=iBu; Z=para-(CH2)C6H4(CH2)—) was prepared from X3 (R16═H; R17=cyclopropylmethyl; R2═H; R3=Me; R4=iBu; Z=para-(CH2)C6H4(CH2)—) using method similar to method A Step 3. NMR (CD3OD): δ 7.25, s, 4H; δ 4.8, m, 2H; δ 4.25, s, 2H; δ 2.9, m, 2H; δ 1.68, m, 2H; δ 1.44, m, 1H; δ 1.36, s, 3H; δ 0.9, m, 1H; δ 0.82, m, 3H; δ 0.66, m, 3H; δ 0.4, m, 2H; δ 0.12, m, 2H. ES_LCMS (m/e) 386.1.
The following compounds were prepared using a similar method.
(In the scheme,
is equivalent to R1 substituted by R21, or R1 Substituted by alkyl-R22, wherein R21 and R22 are —N(R15)—C(O)—N(R16)(R17) and R15 and R16 form a ring as defined above, and wherein Z is optionally substituted alkylene-arylene, alkylene-arylene-alkylene, alkylene-heteroarylene, alkylene-heteroarylene-alkylene, alkylene-cycloalkylene, alkylene-cycloalkylene-alkylene, alkylene-heterocycloalkylene, alkylene-heterocycloalkylene-alkylene, arylene, heteroarylene, cycloalkylene or heterocycloalkylene)
Method Y, Step 1
The reaction mixture of compound Y1 obtained from Method L (R3=Me; R4=i-Bu; Z=para-(CH2)C6H4(CH2)—) (0.1639 mmole), Y2 (R23═H; R23=Pr) (0.1967 mmole), PS-EDC resin (0.4917 mmole) and HOBT (0.2459 mmole) in 3.5 ml of mixture of THF, MeCN and DMF (1:1:0.3) was shaken overnight at RT before 6 eq of PS-trisamine resin 3 eq of PS-isocyanate resin were added. After 6 hrs the reaction mixture was filtered and the resin was washed with THF, DCM and MeOH. The combined filtrate was evaporated and the crude was treated with 40% TFA in DCM for 40 min before the solvent was evaporated and residue purified on RP HPLC system to give product Y3 (R3=Me; R4=i-Bu; Z=para-(CH2)C6H4(CH2)—, R23═H; R23=Pr).
Method Y, Step 2
The reaction solution of Y3 (R3=Me; R4=i-Bu; Z=para-(CH2)C6H4(CH2)—, R23═H; R23=Pr) (0.030 mmole), carbonyl diimidazole (0.032 mmole), and DIEA (0.09 mmole) in 0.5 ml DCM was shaken overweekend at RT. The crude was then purified on reverse column to give the thiohydantoin product which was converted into Y4 (R2═H; R3=Me; R4=iBu; Z=para-(CH2)C6H4(CH2)—, R23═H; R23=Pr).
The following compounds were prepared using similar method.
(In the scheme, —Z—NH—C(O)—N(R16)(R17)— is equivalent to R1 substituted by R21, or R1Subsitituted by alkyl-R22, wherein R21 and R22 are —N(R15)—C(O)—N(R16)(R17) and R15 is H, and wherein Z is optionally substituted alkylene-arylene, alkylene-arylene-alkylene, alkylene-heteroarylene, alkylene-heteroarylene-alkylene; alkylene-cycloalkylene, alkylene-cycloalkylene-alkylene, alkylene-heterocycloalkylene, alkylene-heterocycloalkylene-alkylene, arylene, heteroarylene, cycloalkylene or heterocycloalkylene)
Method Z, Step 1
To the solution of the Phoxime™ resin (1.23 mmol/g) in DCM was added the amine Z1 obtained from method L (R3=Me; R4=iBu; Z=para-(CH2)C6H4(CH2)—) (2 eq). The mixture was shaken overnight before the resin was filtered and washed with DCM, MeOH, THF (3 cycles), then DCM (×2), dried in vacuum to get resin Z2 (R3=Me; R4=iBu; Z=para-(CH2)C6H4(CH2)—).
Method Z, Step 2
To the resin Z2 (R3=Me; R4=iBu; Z=para-(CH2)C6H4(CH2)—), swelled in DCM, in toluene was added N-methylbenzylamine (4 eq). The mixture was heated at 80-90° C. overnight before MP-TSOH resin (1.3 mmol/g, 12 eq) was added. The mixture was shaken for 1.5 hours, the solution was filtered and the resin washed with DCM and MeOH. The combined organic solution was concentrated in vacuo to get Z3 (R3=Me; R4=iBu; Z=para-(CH2)C6H4(CH2)—; R16=Me; R17=Bn).
Method Z, Step 3
Compound Z4 (R3=Me; R4=iBu; Z=para-(CH2)C6H4(CH2)—; R16=Me; R17=Bn) was generated from Z3 (R3=Me; R4=iBu; Z=para-(CH2)C6H4(CH2)—; R16=Me; R17=Bn) using method similar to Method A step 3.
The following compounds were prepared using similar method.
8,11-Dichloro-6,11-dihydro-5H-benzo[5,6]cyclohepta[1,2-b]pyridine (AA2) (18 mg) was reacted with AAI, obtained from method Q, and diisopropylethylamine (14 uL) in acetonitrile (2.5 mL). The resulting mixture was heated at 65° C. for 18 h. The reaction mixture was placed on a preparative silica gel plate and eluted with hexane:ethyl acetate 3:1 to give the desired product which was treated with 40% TFA. Evaporation of the solvent followed by purification afforded compound AA3.
The following compounds were prepared by similar methods:
Method AB, Step 1
To a solution of (R)-(+)-2-methyl-2-propane sulfinamide (1.0 g, 8.3 mmol, 1 eq) and ABI (R6=Ph, R7=n-Bu) (3 mL, 9.1 mmol, 1.1 eq) in anhydrous THF (30 mL) at room temperature was added Ti(OEt)4 (7 mL, 17 mmol, 2 eq). The mixture was heated at 70° C. for 24 h. After cooling to room temperature, the mixture was poured into 30 mL of brine under vigorous stirring. The resulting suspension was filtered through a pad of Celite and the solid was washed with EtOAc (2×20 mL). The filtrate was washed with brine (30 mL), dried (Na2SO4), and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was chromatographed on silica by eluting with hexane/Et2O (5:1) to give 1.9 g (85%) of (R)-2-methyl-N-(1-phenylpentylidene)propane-2-sulfinamide. 1HNMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz): δ 7.91 (m, 2H), 7.52-7.37 (m, 3H), 3.27 (m, 1H), 3.15 (m, 1H), 1.73-1.61 (m, 2H), 1.47-1.38 (m, 2H), 1.31 (s, 9H), 0.95 (m, 3H). MS (ESI): MH+=265.9. HPLC tR=7.24, 7.58 min (E/Z=5.5:1).
To a solution of methyl acetate (0.6 mL, 6.9 mmol, 2 eq) in THF (5 mL), LDA (2M in heptane/THF, 3.4 mL, 6.9 mmol, 2 eq) was added dropwise via a syringe at −78° C. After stirring at −78° C. for 30 min, a solution of CITi(Oi-Pr)3 (1.8 mL, 7.6 mmol, 2.2 eq) in THF (5 mL) was added dropwise. After stirring for another 30 min, a solution of (R)-2-methyl-N-(1-phenylpentylidene)propane-2-sulfinamide (0.9 g, 3.4 mmol, 1 eq) in THF (2 mL) was added dropwise via a syringe. The mixture was stirred at −78° C. for 3 h and TLC showed no starting material left. A saturated aqueous solution of NH4Cl (10 eq) was added and the suspension was warmed to room temperature. The mixture was diluted with H2O (50 mL) and stirred for 10 min. The mixture was then partitioned between H2O (50 mL) and EtOAc (50 mL). The organic layer was separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (3×50 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried (MgSO4) and concentrated to give 1.1 g of a brown oil. Chromatography on silica gel using 50% EtOAc/hexanes as eluent gave 0.8 g (76%) of methyl 3-((R)-2-methylpropan-2-ylsulfinamido)-3-phenylheptanoate as a yellow oil. 1HNMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz): 7.15-7.07 (m, 5H), 3.35 (s, 1H), 3.19 (dd, J=16, 5.6 Hz, 1H), 3.01 (dd, J=15.8, 5.5 Hz, 1H), 2.07 (m, 2H), 1.71 (m, 2H), 1.35-1.26 (m, 4H), 1.17 (s, 9H), 0.89 (m, 3H). MS (ESI): MH+=339.9. HPLC tR=7.50, 7.6 min (E/Z=1.5:1)
To a solution of methyl 3-((R)-2-methylpropan-2-ylsulfinamido)-3-phenylheptanoate (0.4 g, 1.1 mmol) in 12 mL of MeOH was added 16 mL of 4N HCl/dioxane. After stirring for 30 min, the volatiles were removed in vacuo. The residue was re-dissolved in MeOH (6 mL), stirred for 5 min, and evaporated again to afford 0.30 g (97%) of AB2 (R6=Ph, R7=n-Bu) as a yellow solid.
1HNMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz): 9.01 (br s, 2H), 7.37-7.12 (m, 5H), 3.64 (m, 1H), 3.54 (s, 3H), 3.31 (m, 1H), 2.09 (m, 2H), 1.8 (m, 2H), 1.1 (m, 4H), 1.07 (s, 9H), 0.7 (m, 3H). MS (ESI): MH+=235.9. HPLC tR=4.72 min.
Method AB, Step 2
Treatment of compound AB2 (R6=Ph, R7=n-butyl) with thiophosgene in CH2Cl2 in the presence of aqueous NaHCO3 at 0° C. generates isothiocyanate AB3 (R6=Ph, R7=n-butyl) which was converted into final product using method similar to Method A Step 2 and Method A Step 3 to give product AB5 (R6=Ph, R7=n-butyl, R1=Me). 1HNMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz): δ 10.4 (br s, 1H), 7.25-7.11 (m, 5H), 3.23 (dd, J=16, 5.6 Hz, 1H), 3.03 (s, 3H), 2.8 (dd, J=15.8, 5.5 Hz, 1H), 2.49 (s, 1H), 1.78 (m, 2H), 1.1-1.0 (m, 4H), 0.99 (m, 3H). MS (ESI): MH+=260.2. HPLC tR=5.09 min.
The following compounds were synthesized using similar methods:
The synthesis was adapted from a procedure by Hull, R. et al, J. Chem. Soc. 1963, 6028-6033. Thus, to a solution of AC2 (R1=Benzyl) (0.72 g, 5.9 mmol) in AC1 (R4=Me, R3=Me) (1.4 mL) was added a 50% aqueous solution of cyanamide (0.31 mL, 8.0 mmol). The reaction was heated with stirring at reflux (−40° C.) for 0.5 h, then cooled to 25° C. and stirred for an additional 16 h. The volatiles were removed in vacuo and the residue was partitioned between ether and H2O. The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4, filtered and the volatiles were removed in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography using 5-10% CH3OH/CH2Cl2 as eluent followed by reverse phase preparative HPLC to give 0.15 g (8.0%) of AC3 (R1=benzyl, R4=Me and R3=Me) as a white solid. 1H NMR(CH3OH, 300 MHz): δ 7.35-7.33 (m, 5H), 4.71 (s, 2H), 1.46 (s, 6H); 13C NMR (CDCl3, 75 MHz) δ 157.8, 135.6, 129.1, 128.5, 127.9, 104.2, 59.6, 28.8. MS (ESI) m/e 206.1 (M+H)+.
Method AD, Step 1
AD2 (R3=Ph, R4=tButyl) was prepared from AD1 using method similar to Method AB, step 2.
Method AD, Step 2
The synthesis was adapted from a procedure by Hussein, A. Q. et al, Chem. Ber. 1979, 112, 1948-1955. Thus, to a mixture of AD2 (R3=Ph, R4=tert-Butyl) (0.56 g, 2.7 mmol) and boiling chips in CCl4 (25 mL) was added N-bromosuccinimide (0.49 g, 2.7 mmol). The mixture was irradiated with a 200 watt light source for 1 h. The reaction was cooled, the solid filtered off and the volatiles were removed in vacuo. Chromatography on silica gel by eluting with 5% EtOAc/hexane gave 0.57 g (73%) of 1-(1-bromo-1-isothiocyanato-2,2-dimethylpropyl)benzene as a beige powder. 1H NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz): δ 7.63-7.61 (m, 2H), 7.37-7.26 (m, 3H), 1.17 (s, 9H); 13C NMR (CDCl3, 75 MHz): δ 139.1, 129.0, 128.9, 128.6, 127.5, 91.2, 45.6, 26.6. MS (ESI) m/e 284.9 (M+H)+.
To a solution of 1-(1-bromo-1-isothiocyanato-2,2-dimethylpropyl)benzene (0.13 g, 0.47 mmol) and the hydrochloride salt of N-methylhydroxylamine (0.047 g, 0.57 mmol) in THF (3 mL) was added triethylamine (0.18 mL, 1.32 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 16 h, filtered and the volatiles were removed in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography using CH3OH/CH2Cl2 as eluent to give 0.050 g (42%) of AD3 (R3=Ph, R4=tert-Butyl) as a glassy solid. 1H NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz): δ 7.35-7.26 (m, 5H), 3.38 (s, 3H), 1.0 (s, 9H); MS (ESI) m/e 251.1 (M+H)+.
Method AD, Step 3
To a solution of AD3 (R3=Ph, R4=tert-Butyl) (0.065 g, 0.26 mmol) in CH3OH (5 mL) at 0° C. was added a solution of aqueous ammonia (2 mL) followed by a 70% aqueous solution of t-butylhydroperoxide (2 mL). The reaction was allowed to warm to 25° C. and stirred for 16 h, The volatiles were removed and the residue was purified by reverse phase HPLC to give 2.0 mg (2.2%) of AD4 (R3=Ph, R4=tert-Butyl) as a colorless oil. 1H NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz) δ 7.47-7.43 (m, 2H), 7.39-7.35 (m, 3H), 3.23 (s, 3H), 1.0 (s, 9H); MS (ESI) m/e 234.2 (M+H)+.
The following compounds were synthesized using similar methods:
Method AE, Step 1
TBDMS-C1 (5.3 g, 35.19 mmole) and imidazole (2.4 g, 35.19 mmole) were added to a suspension of H2 (R1=Me, R3=cyclohexylmethyl) (8.2 g, 31.99 mmole) in 220 ml DCM. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was filtered, and the filtrate was diluted with 1200 ml EtOAc. The organic phase was washed with saturated NaHCO3 3× and brine 3×, and dried over anhydrous Na2SO4 to give 12 g of AE2 (R1=Me, R3=cyclohexylmethyl), which was used for next step without further purification.
Method AE, Step 2
AE2 (R1=Me, R3=cyclohexylmethyl; 12 grams crude) was converted to iminohydantoin using conditions similar to Method A Step 3, which was subsequently treated with 75% TFA in DCM at room temperature for 24 hrs. The solvent was evaporated in vacuo to give 13.6 g of a product that was reacted with Boc anhydride to give 5.8 g AE3 (R1=Me, R3=cyclohexylmethyl) after column purification.
Method AE, Step 3
AE4 (R1=Me, R3=cyclohexylmethyl)(8.2 g) was obtained from AE3 (5.8 g) according to the step 4 of the method H.
Method AE, Step 4
To a solution of AE4 (R1=Me, R3=cyclohexylmethyl) ((3.95 g, 8.38 mmol) in anhydrous THF (98 mL) was added diisopropylethylamine (7 mL, 40 mmol). The reaction was stirred under N2 (gas) at room temperature. After 5.5 h, the reaction was concentrated and the crude material was purified via flash chromatography eluting with a gradient of 0 to 75% ethyl acetate in hexane to afford AE5 (R1=Me, R3=cyclohexylmethyl) (2.48 g, 92%).
Method AE, Step 4
To a solution of R15OH(R15=cyclobutyl) (10 μl) and HBF4 (1 equiv) in anhydrous methylene chloride (0.5 mL) was added a solution of AE5 (R1=Me, R3=cyclohexylmethyl) (20 mg, 0.062 mmol) in methylene chloride (0.5 mL). The reaction was agitated overnight at rt. Trifluoroacetic acid (1 mL) was added to the reaction mixture and the solution was agitated for 1 h at rt. The reaction was concentrated and the crude material was purified via reverse phase preparative HPLC/MS eluting with a 7 min gradient of 5 to 95% CH3CN in H2O with 0.1% formic acid to afford AE5 (R1=Me, R3=cyclohexylmethyl, R15=cyclobutyl).
The following compounds were synthesized using similar method:
To a solution of tBuOK (9.5 mg, 0.0848 mmole) in 0.5 ml anhydrous THF was added ArOH (Ar=m-Chlorophenyl)(13 μl , 0.1273 mmole) in 0.5 ml anhydrous THF followed by addition of AE4 (R1=Me, R3=cyclohexylmethyl) (20 mg, 0.0424 mmole) in 0.5 ml anhydrous THF. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 days before it was diluted with 1 ml MeCN, treated with 100 mg MP-TsOH resin and 100 mg Amberlyst A26 resin. The resin was removed by filtration and the filtrate was evaporated down to give a product that was treated with 50% TFA for 1 hr. After evaporation of TFA in vacuo, the residue was dissolved in 2 ml MeCN, and treated with 100 mg MP-TsOH resin. The resin was washed thoroughly with THF, MeCN and MeOH, and then treated with 2M NH3 in MeoH to give AF2 (R1=Me, R3=cyclohexylmethyl and R15=3-chlorophenyl).
The following compounds were synthesized using similar method:
Method AG, Step 1
R21—H(R21=PhS—) (33 μl, 0.318 mmole) was treated with NaH (10.2 mg, 60% in mineral oil) in 0.5 ml anhydrous THF. A solution of AE4 (R1=Me, R3=Cyclohexylmethyl) (20 mg, 0.0424 mmol) in 0.5 ml anhydrous THF was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight before it was partitioned between ether and saturated NaHCO3 water solution. The aqueous phase was extracted with ether 2 times. The combined organic phase was washed with brine 2 times, and dried over anhydrous NaSO4. The crude was purified on flash column with EtOAc/hexane to give 9 mg of AG1 (R21=PhS—, R1=Me, R3=cyclohexylmethyl) (49.2% yield).
Method AG, Step 2
AG1 (R21=PhS—, R1=Me, R3=cyclohexylmethyl) was treated with 50% TFA according to the Step 6 of the method H to give AG2 (R21=PhS—, R1=Me, R3=cyclohexylmethyl).
The following compounds were synthesized using similar method:
Method AH, Step 1
Benzophenone imine (3.27 g, 18.04 mmole) was added to a suspension of AH1 (R3=cyclohexylmethyl) (4 g, 18.04 mmole) in 65 ml DCM. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight under N2 before the solid was filtered, and the solvent was evaporated. The residue was dissolved in 100 ml ether, washed with water 2× and dried over anhydrous MgSO4. The crude was purified on flash column to give 5.08 g (80.57% yield) of AH2 (R3=cyclohexylmethyl).
Method AH, Step 2
A solution of AH2 (R3=cyclohexylmethyl) (1 g, 2.86 mmole) in 12 ml anhydrous THF was added to a suspension of 18-crown-6 (0.76 g, 2.86 mmole) and 30% KH in mineral oil (1.16 g, 8.58 mmole) in 4 ml anhydrous THF under N2. The mixture was cooled in ice-bath and R4Br (R4=3-pyridylmethyl, as a hydrobromide salt) was then added. The reaction mixture was stirred in ice-bath for 30 min and at room temperature for 2 more hrs before the reaction was quenched with 2 ml of HOAc/THF/H2O (0.25:0.75:1). The mixture was diluted with 40 m1EtOAc/H2O (1:1). The aqueous phase was extracted with EtOAc 3 times. The combined organic phase was washed with brine 3 times and dried over anhydrous MgSO4. The crude was purified on flash column to give 0.44 g (35.14% yield) of product which was treated with 1N HCl (2.2 ml, 2.22 mmole) in 3 ml ether in ice-bath followed by stirred at r.t. overnight. The aqueous phase was evaporated and purified on C-18 reverse phase column to give 0.22 g (66% yield) of AH3 (R4=3-pyridylmethyl; R3=cyclohexylmethyl).
To a solution of compound AI1 (R1=Me, R3=n-Bu) (34 mg, 0.105 mmol) in methanol (1 ml) was added 10% Pd/C (5 mg). The mixture was kept under an H2 balloon for 1 hr. After filtration of the catalyst, the filtrate was concentrated to get crude product. This residue was purified by RP HPLC to get compound AI2 (R1=Me, R3=n-Bu) (25 mg, 100%). Observed MW (M+H) 246.1; exact mass 245.15. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD): δ=7.59 (m, 2H), 7.36 (m, 3H), 3.17 (s, 3H), 2.17 (m, 2H), 1.27 (m, 4H), 0.86 (t, 3H, J=7.2 Hz).
The following compounds were synthesized using similar method:
To a mixture of compound AJ1 (R1=Me, R3=n-Bu) (70 mg, 0.165 mmol) and butylzincbromide (1.32 ml, 0.6 mmol) was added Pd(dppf)Cl2. The mixture was degassed, sealed and heated at 55° C. for 1 day. The mixture was diluted with CH2Cl2 and NH3/H2O. The organic layer was separated, dried, concentrated, and purified by RP HPLC to get product which was then treated with 4N HCl/dioxane for 30 min to give compound AJ2(R1=Me, R3=n-Bu) (12 mg, 25%). Observed MW (M+H) 302.1; 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD): δ=7.32 (m, 3H), 7.22 (m, 1H), 3.19 (s, 3H), 2.65 (m, 2H), 2.20 (m, 2H), 1.60 (m, 2H), 1.38 (m, 4H), 1.24 (m, 2H), 0.92 (m, 6H).
The following compound was synthesized in a similar fashion:
To a solution of AK1 (R1=Me, R3=n-Butyl, R21=n-Bu) (9 mg, 0.03 mmol) in methanol (1 ml) was added 5% Pt/C (5 mg), Rh/C (5 mg) and conc. HCl (0.05 ml). The mixture was kept under H2 (50 psi) for 2 days. After the filtration of the catalyst, the filtrate was concentrated to get compound AK2 (R1=Me, R3=n-butyl, R21=n-Bu) Observed MW (M+H) 308.1. 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ=3.16 (s, 3H), 1.80 (m, 6H), 1.26 (m, 16H), 0.88 (m, 6H).
The following compounds were synthesized using similar method:
Method AL, Step 1
To a solution of compound AL1 (R3=n-Bu) (418 mg, 1.39 mmol) in methanol (8 ml) was added PtO2 (40 mg) and conc. HCl (0.4 ml). The mixture was hydrogenated (50 psi) for 1 day. After filtration of the catalyst, the filtrate was concentrated. The crude residue was basified to pH=11-12 by 1N NaOH. This mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was separated, dried and concentrated to get compound AL2 (R3=n-Bu) (316 mg, 100%).
Method AL, Step 2
To a solution of compound AL2 (R3=n-Bu) (300 mg, 1.32 mmol) in dichloromethane (6 ml) was added (BOC)2O (316 mg, 1.45 mmol). The mixture was stirred at RT for 1.5 hr. It was diluted with water and dichloromethane. The organic layer was separated, dried and concentrated to get compound AL3 (R3=n-Bu) (464 mg, 100%).
Method AM
Method AM, Step 1
Compound AM1 (R1=Me, R3=n-Butyl) was treated with 4N HCl in dioxane for 2 hr. The mixture was concentrated to get compound AM2 as an HCl salt (R1=Me, R3=n-Butyl). Observed MW (M+H) 470.1; 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ=7.28 (m, 2H), 6.96 (m, 3H), 4.80 (m, 2H), 4.56 (m, 1H), 4.00 (m, 1H), 3.64 (m, 4H), 3.37 (m, 2H), 3.12 (m, 1H), 3.00 (m, 1H), 2.90 (m, 1H), 2.72 (m, 1H), 2.38 (m, 1H), 2.12-1.62 (m, 8H), 1.35 (m, 6H), 1.12 (m, 1H), 0.91 (m, 3H).
Method AM, Step 2
To a solution of compound AM2 (R1=Me, R3=n-Butyl) (32 mg, 0.068 mmol) in dichloromethane (1 ml) was added acetyl chloride (5 ul , 0.072 mmol). The mixture was stirred for 2 hr. It was then diluted with CH2Cl2 and water. The organic layer was separated, dried, concentrated and purified by RP HPLC to get compound AM3 (R1=Me, R3=n-Butyl and R15=Me) Observed MW (Mi-H) 512.3; 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ=7.27 (m, 2H), 6.98 (m, 1H), 6.92 (m, 2H), 4.65 (s, 2H), 4.50 (m, 2H), 3.98 (m, 1H), 3.70 (m, 1H), 3.41 (m, 2H), 2.98 (m, 2H), 2.62 (m, 1H), 2.50 (m, 1H), 2.47 (m, 1H), 2.02 (m, 5H), 1.75 (m, 6H), 1.26 (m, 7H), 0.84 (m, 3H).
The following compounds were synthesized using similar method:
Method AN
To a solution of compound AN2 (R1=4-N-α-phenoxyacetyl)piperidinylmethyl, R3=n-Butyl) (28 mg, 0.06 mmol) in dichloroethane (2 ml) was added butyraldehyde (5.3 ul , 0.06 mmol), triethylamine (8.4ul , 0.06 mmol) and NaBH(OAc)3 (18 mg, 0.084 mmol). The mixture was stirred overnight. It was then diluted with dichloromethane and water. The organic layer was separated, dried, concentrated and purified by RP HPLC to get AN2 (R1=4-N-(a-phenoxyacetyl)piperidinylmethyl, R3=n-Butyl, R15=propyl and R16═H) (5.4 mg, 17%). Observed MW (M+H) 526.1; exact mass 525.37. 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ=7.28 (m, 2H), 6.96 (m, 3H), 4.76 (m, 2H), 4.55 (m, 1H), 4.05 (m, 1H), 3.77 (m, 1H), 3.61 (m, 3H), 3.50 (m, 1H), 3.11 (m, 4H), 2.85 (m, 1H), 2.68 (m, 1H), 2.38 (m, 1H), 2.05 (m, 2H), 1.95 (m, 2H), 1.73 (m, 5H), 1.39 (m, 8H), 1.10 (m, 1H), 0.99 (m, 3H), 0.92 (m, 3H).
The following compound was synthesized using similar method:
Method AO
A mixture of copper chloride (2.06 g, 20.8 mmol) and lithium chloride (1.76 g, 41.6 mmol) in 100 ml of THF was cooled down to −78° C. To this mixture, a 2.0M solution of AO1(R3=n-butyl) (10 ml, 20 mmol) was added gradually. The reaction was warmed up to −60° C., and AO2 (R4=m-Br-Ph) (2.9 ml, 22 mmol) was injected. The mixture was stirred at −60° C. for 15 minutes and then quickly warmed up to RT by removing the dry-ice bath. The reaction was quenched with water and sat. NaHCO3. After addition of diethyl ether, a lot of precipitate formed and was filtered. From the biphasic filtrate, the organic layer was separated, dried, concentrated and purified by silica gel chromatography (10% EtOAc/hexane) to get ketone AO3 (R4=m-BrPh, R3=n-Bu) (3.93 g, 82%). Observed MW (M+H) 241.1; exact mass 240.01. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ=8.07 (m, 1H), 7.88 (m, 1H), 7.64 (m, 1H), 7.34 (m, 1H), 2.94 (t, 3H, J=7.2 Hz), 1.71 (m, 2H), 1.40 (m, 2H), 0.95 (t, 3H, J=7.6 Hz).
The following ketones were made according to Method 9:
Method AP
Method AP, Step 1
To a solution of AP1 (R4=3-Bromophenyl) (5 g, 25 mmol) in dichloromethane (10 ml) were added N,O-dimethylhydroxylamine hydrochloride (2.56 g, 26.25 mmol) and 4-methylmorpholine (2.95 ml, 26.25 mmol). EDCI (5.04 g, 26.25 mmol) was then added portionwise. The reaction mixture was stirred at RT overnight and was then quenched with 1N HCl (60 ml). The mixture was extracted with dichloromethane. The organic layer was washed with 1N HCl and brine, dried over Na2SO4, and concentrated to give the Weinreb amide AP2 (R4=m-Bromophenyl) (5.96 g, 98%). Observed MW (M+H) 244.1; exact mass 243.99. 1H NMR (CDCl3): δ=7.78 (m, 1H), 7.58 (m, 2H), 7.24 (m, 1H), 3.51 (s, 3H), 3.32 (s, 3H). This material was used in the next step without purification.
Method AP, Step 2
To a suspension of magnesium turnings (1.19 g, 48.8 mmol) in 30 ml of THF was added dropwise a solution of R3Br (R3=cyclohexylethyl) (5.73 ml, 36.6 mmol) in 24 ml of THF. After addition of half of the solution of bromide, several crystals of iodine were added to initiate the reaction. The mixture became cloudy and heat evolved. The rest of the solution of bromide was added dropwise. The mixture was stirred at RT for 30 minutes and then was cooled to 0° C., and the AP2 (R4=m-Bromophenyl) (5.96 g, 24.4 mmol) was added. The mixture was stirred at RT for 3 hr and then quenched with 1N HCl until no residual Mg(0) was left. The phases was separated, and the water layer was extracted with ether. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried, and concentrated. The crude was purified by silica chromatography (15% EtOAc/hexane) to get ketone AP3 (R4=m-Bromophenyl, R3=Cyclohexylethyl) (8.06 g, 100%). Observed MW (M+H) 295.2; exact mass 294.06. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ=8.18 (m, 1H), 7.85 (m, 1H), 7.64 (m, 1H), 7.33 (m, 1H), 2.94 (t, 3H, J=7.2 Hz), 1.70 (m, 9H), 1.63 (m, 4H).
Method AQ
To a −78° C. solution of AQ1 (R4=cyclopropyl) (2.55 g, 38.0 mmol) in diethyl ether (100 ml) was added AQ3 (R3=n-Bu) (38 ml, 1.5 M in hexanes, 57 mmol). After 45 min, the cooling bath was removed. After 3 h at RT, the reaction was quenched by dropwise addition of water and then diluted further with EtOAc and water. The phases were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (2×). The organic portions were combined, washed with brine, dried over MgSO4, and concentrated. This crude residue was subjected to column chromatography (silica gel, 0%4100% CH2Cl2/hexanes) to provide the desired ketone AQ4 (R4=cyclopropyl, R3=n-Butyl) (2.57 g, 20.4 mmol, 54%). 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 2.52 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 2 H), 1.90 (m, 1 H), 1.57 (m, 2 H), 1.30 (m, 2 H), 0.98 (m, 2 H), 0.89 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 3 H), 0.83 (m, 2 H).
Method AR
Method AR
Compound B2 (R1=m-C1-Phenethyl, R3=Me, R4=i-butyl and R5=benzyl) was converted into AR2 (R1=m-Cl-Phenethyl, R3=Me, R4=i-butyl and R5=benzyl) using method A step 3.
The following compounds were synthesized using similar methods:
Method AS
Method AS, Step 1
To a mixture of AS1 (R3=Ph) (3.94 g) in toluene (10 ml) was added thionyl chloride (1.61 ml) and the resulting mixture as heated under reflux for 6 h (until HCl evolution ceased). The reaction mixture was kept overnight at it before it was concentrated in vacuo. Toluene (10 ml) was added and the mixture was concentrated in vacuo again. The reaction mixture was dissolved in CH2Cl2, solid sodium bicarbonate added, filtered and then the CH2Cl2 solution was concentrated in vacuo to give AS2 (R3=Ph).
Method AS, Step 2
To AS2 (R3=Ph) (0.645 g) and AS5 (R4=4-chlorophenyl) (0.464 g), and 1,3-dimethylimidazolium iodide (0.225 g) in anhydrous THF (20 ml) was added 60% sodium hydride in oil (0.132 g). The resulting mixture was stirred at rt for 18 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated and partitioned between H2O and Et2O. The dried Et20 solution was concentrated in vacuo to give a yellow residue which was placed on preparative silica gel plates and eluted with CH2Cl2 to give AS3 (R3=Ph, R4=p-CIPh). (Miyashita, A., Matsuda, H., Hiagaskino, T., Chem. Pharm. Bull., 1992, 40 (10), 2627-2631).
Method AS, Step 3
Hydrochloric acid (1 N, 1.5 ml) was added to AS3 (R3=Ph, R4=p-CIPh) in THF (10 ml) and the resulting solution was stirred at it for 20 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo and then partitioned between CH2Cl2 and H2O. The dried CH2Cl2 was concentrated in vacuo to give a residue which was placed on preparative silica gel plates and eluted with CH2Cl2:hexane 1:1 to afford AS4 (R3=Ph, R4=p-CIPh).
Method AS, Step 4
AS4 (R3=Ph, R4=p-CIPh) (0.12 g) and methylguanidine, HCl (AS6, R1=Me) (0.055 g) were mixed in absolute EtOH (5 ml) with triethylamine (0.2 ml) and then heated under reflux for 20 h. The resulting mixture was concentrated and then partitioned between CH2Cl2 and H2O. The dried CH2Cl2 was concentrated in vacuo to give a residue which was placed on preparative silica gel plates and eluted with CH2Cl2:MeOH 9:1 to afford AS5 (R3=Ph, R4=p-CIPh and R1=Me).
The following compounds were synthesized using similar methods:
Method AT
Method AT, Step 1
AT1, prepared using a method similar to Method H, Step 1,2 and 3, (n=4, R3═R4=n-Bu) (0.146 g) in MeOH (3 ml) and 1N NaOH (0.727 ml) were stirred overnight at rt. The mixture was concentrated and then partitioned in water (pH ˜3, adjusted using conc. HCl) and EtOAc. The dried EtOAc layer was concentrated in vacuo to afford AT2 (n=4, R3═R4=n-Bu).
Method AT, Step 2
Compound AT2 (n=4, R3═R4=n-Bu) (0.012 g) in MeCN (1 ml) was treated with EDC resin (0.12 g, 1.44 mmol/g), HOBT (0.004 g) in THF (1 ml), and n-butylamine (R15═H, R16=n-butyl) (0.007 ml). The reaction was carried out overnight at rt. before Argonaut PS—NCO resin (0.150 g), PS-polyamine resin (0.120 g) and THF (2 ml) were added and the mixture shaken for 4 h. The reaction mixture was filtered and resin washed with THF (2 ml). The combined organic phase was concentrated in vacuo before the residue was treated with 1N HCl in MeOH (1 ml) for 4 h followed by evaporation of solvent to give AT3 (n=4, R3═R4=n-Bu, R15=11 and R16=n-Butyl).
The following compounds were synthesized using similar method:
Method AU
A published procedure was adapted (Varga, I.; Nagy, T.; Kovesdi, I.; Benet-Buchholz, J.; Dormab, G.; Urge, L.; Darvas, F. Tetrahedron, 2003, (59) 655-662).
AU1 (R15═H, R16═H) (0.300 g), prepared according to procedure described by Furniss, B. S.; Hannaford, A. J.; Smith, P. W. G.; Tatchell, A. R., (Vogel's Textbook of Practical Organic Chemistry. 5th ed. Longman: new York, 1989; pp 1034-1035), AU2 (HCl salt, R1=Me) (0.237 g), 50% KOH (0.305 ml), 30% H2O2 (0.115 ml) and EtOH (4.6 ml) were heated in a sealed tube for 2 h. Reaction mixture was concentrated and extracted with CH2Cl2. The dried organic solution was concentrated in vacuo to give a residue which was placed on preparative silica gel plates eluting with CH2Cl2:MeOH 9:1 to afford AU3 (R15═H, R16═H, R1=Me).
The following compounds were synthesized using similar method:
Method AV
Method AV, Step 1
In a microwave tube, AV1 (R3=Me, R4=Bu-i) (0.0012 g) and AV2 (R22═OPh) (0.0059 ml) in isopropanol (2 ml) was placed in a microwave at 125° C. for 5 min. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo to give AV3 (R3=Me, R4=i-Bu, R22═OPh).
Method AV, Step 2
AV3 (R3=Me, R4=i-Bu, R22═OPh) in CH2Cl2 (1 ml) and TFA (1 ml) was shaken for 2 h and the concentrated in vacuo and purified on Prep LCMS to afford AV4 (R3=Me, R4=i-Bu, R22═OPh).
The following compounds were synthesized in a similar fashion.
Method AW
Method similar to Method U was used for this transformation. The following compounds were generated using similar methods.
The following compounds were synthesized in a similar fashion:
Method AX
Method AX, Step 1
A literature procedure was adapted (J-Q Yu and E.J. Corey, Organic Letters, 2002, 4, 2727-2730).
To a 400 ml DCM solution of AX1 (n=1, R4=phenethyl) (52 grams) in a ice bath was added 5 g of Pd/C (5% w/w), 50 g of potassium carbonate and 100 ml of anhydrous t-BuOOH. The mixture was stirred in air for overnight before it was diluted with DCM and washed with water. The residue after removal of organic solvent and drying was chromatographed using ethylacetate/hexane to give 25 g of AX2 (n=1, R4=phenethyl).
Method AX, Step 2
A solution of AX2 (4.5 g, n=1, R4=phenethyl) in MeOH (50 ml) was treated with 0.4 g of Sodium borohydride and the reaction was stirred for 30 min before the solvent was removed and residue chromatographed to give a mixture of AX3 (n=1, R4=phenethyl) and AX4 (n=1, R4=phenethyl) which was separated using an AS chiralpak column eluted with 8% IPA in Hexane (0.05% DEA) to give 2.1 g of AX3 (n=1, R4=phenethyl) as the first fraction and 2.2 g of AX4 (n=1, R4=phenethyl) as the second fraction.
Method AX, Step 3
A 100 ml methanolic solution of AX4 (n=1, R4=phenethyl) (2.2 g) and 1,1′-bis(di-1-propylphosphino)ferrocene (1,5-cyclooctadiene)rhodium (I) tetrafluoroborate (0.4 g, 0.57 mmol) was hydrogenated at 55 psi overnight. The reaction was concentrated, and the brown oil was purified by silica gel chromatography to yield AX6 (n=1, R4=phenethyl) (1.7 g).
The following compounds were generated using similar method.
Method AY
A solution of AY1 (n=1; 1.5 g, 3.4 mmol), 5% Rh/C (1.5 g), 5% Pd/C (0.5 g) in AcOH (30 mL) was shaken in a Parr apparatus at 55 psi for 18 hours. The vessel was flushed with N2, and the reaction was filtered through a pad of celite. After concentration AY2 was obtained which was carried on without purification. MS m/e: 312.0 (M+H).
AY3 was generated using similar method.
Method AZ
Method AZ, Step 1
To a solution of AZ1 (n=1, R1=Me, R3=2-cyclohexylethyl) (0.441 g, 1.01 mmol), generated from AY2 using Method C and Method H Step 3, in DCM was added Dess-Martin Periodinane (0.880 g, 2.07 mmol). The reaction was stirred for 3 hours at room temperature. The reaction was quenched with H2O and diluted with EtOAc. After removal of the organic phase, the aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (3×). The combined organics were dried (Na2SO4), filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (0-100% EtOAc/hexanes) to yield AZ2 (n=1, R1=Me, R3=2-cyclohexylethyl) (0.408 g, 0.94 mmol, 93% yield). MS m/e: 434.1 (M+H).
Method AZ Step 2
To a solution of AZ2 (n=1, R1=Me, R3=2-cyclohexylethyl) (0.011 g, 0.025 mmol) and AZ5 (R15═H and R16=m-pyridylmethyl) (0.0067 mL, 0.066 mmol) in DCE (1.8 mL) and MeOH (0.2 mL) was added AcOH (4 drops) and MP-cycanoborohydride resin (0.095 g, 2.42 mmol/g). The reaction was agitated for 40 hours at room temperature. The reaction was treated with 7N NH3/MeOH, and solution was filtered. After concentration, the residue was purified by silica gel HPLC (0-4% [(5% 7N NH3/MeOH)/MeOH]/(50% DCM/hexanes) to furnish fraction 1 and fraction 2 which, after removal of solvent, were treated with 20% TFA in DCM for 3 h at r.t. to give AZ4 (n=1, R1=Me, R3=2-cyclohexylethyl, R15═H and R16=m-pyridylmethyl) (0.005 g, 0.009 mmol) and the AZ3 (n=1, R1=Me, R3=2-cyclohexylethyl, R15═H and R16=m-pyridylmethyl) (0.012 g, 0.022 mmol) respectively.
The following compounds were generated using similar methods:
Method BA
Method BA, Step 1
BA1, prepared according to a literature procedure (Terao, Y; Kotaki, H; lmai, N and Achiwa K. Chemical and Pharmaceutical Bulletin, 33 (7), 1985, 2762-2766) was converted to BA2 using a procedure described by Coldham, I; Crapnell, K. M; Fernandez, J-C; Moseley J. D. and Rabot, R. (Journal of Organic Chemistry, 67 (17), 2002, 6185-6187).
1H NMR (CDCl3) for BA2: 1.42 (s, 9H), 4.06 (d, 4H), 4.09 (s, 1H), 4.18 (s, 2H), 5.62 (d, 1H).
Method BA, Step 2
BA3 was generated from BA2 using a literature procedure described by Winkler J. D.; Axten J.; Hammach A. H.; Kwak, Y-S; Lengweiler, U.; Lucero, M. J.; Houk, K. N. (Tetrahedron, 54 1998, 7045-7056). Analytical data for compound BA3: MS m/e: 262.1, 264.1 (M+H). 1H NMR (CDCl3) 1.43 (s, 9H), 3.98 (s, 2H), 4.11 (d, 4H), 5.78 (d, 1H).
Method BB
Method BB, Step 1
Compound BB1 (n=1, R1=Me, R3=cyclohexylethyl) was converted to BB2 (n=1, R1=Me, R3=cyclohexylethyl) and BB3 (n=1, R1=Me, R3=cyclohexylethyl) which were separated via a silica gel column eluted with EtOAc in Hexane (0-15%).
Method BB, Step 2
Compound BB4 (n=1, R1=Me, R3=cyclohexylethyl) was generated from BB2 (n=1, R1=Me, R3=cyclohexylethyl) using 20% TFA in DCM.
The following compounds were generated using similar method:
Method BC
Method BC, Step 1
Compound BC2 (n=1, R1=Me, R3=cyclohexylethyl and R15=m-Pyridyl) was obtained from BC1 (n=1, R2=Me, R3=cyclohexylethyl) using method L step 2.
Method BC, Step 2
Compound BC3 (n=1, R1=Me, R3=cyclohexylethyl and R15=m-Pyridyl) was obtained from BC2 (n=1, R1=Me, R3=cyclohexylethyl and R15=m-Pyridyl) using method L step 3.
The following compounds were generated using a similar method:
Method BD
Method BD, Step 1
Compound BD2 (n=1, R1=Me, R3=cyclohexylethyl and R15=Ph) was obtained from BD1 (n=1, R2=Me, R3=cyclohexylethyl) using Method N, Step 1.
Method BD, Step 2
Compound BD3 (n=1, R1=Me, R3=cyclohexylethyl and R15=Ph) was obtained from BD2 (n=1, R1=Me, R3=cyclohexylethyl and R15=m-Pyridyl) using Method N, Step 2.
The following compounds were generated using a similar method:
Method BE
Method similar to Method M was adapted for these transformations. The following compounds were generated similar methods.
Method BF
Method BF, Step 1
Method similar to Method T, Step 1 was used for the synthesis of BF2 (n=1, R1=Me and R3=phenethyl, R15═H and R16=n-propyl).
Method BF, Step 2
Method similar to method L Step 3 was adapted for this transformation.
The following compounds were generated using similar methods.
To a solution of BG1 (n=1, R3=cyclohexylethyl) (0.136 g, 0.31 mmol) in CH2Cl2 was added 2,6-lutidine, AgOTf, and butyl iodide. The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 96 hours. The reaction was filtered through a pad of Celite, and the solution was concentrated. The residue was purified by silica chromatography (0-100% EtOAc/hexanes) to furnish BG2 (n=1, R3=cyclohexylethyl, R15=n-butyl) (0.124 g, 0.25 mmol, 80% yield). MS m/e: 426.1 (M-OBu).
The following compound was prepared using similar method:
Method BH, Step 1
Compound BH1 (n=1, R3=cyclohexylethyl and R15=n-butyl) (0.060 g, 0.12 mmol) and 5% Pd(OH)2/C (0.040 g) in EtOAc (1 mL)/MeOH (0.2 mL) was stirred under an atmosphere of H2 for 20 hours at room temperature. The reaction was filtered through a pad of Celite, and the solution was concentrated. The crude product mixture BH2 (n=1, R3=cyclohexylethyl and R15=n-butyl) was carried on to the next step without purification.
Method BH, Step 2
A solution of BH2 (n=1, R3=cyclohexylethyl and R15=n-butyl) was converted to a product mixture of BH4 and BH3 using a method similar to Method C Step 1. The mixture was purified by silica gel chromatography using EtOAc/hexanes to yield BH4 (n=1, R2=Me, R3=cyclohexylethyl and R15=n-butyl) (0.032 g, 0.078 mmol, 56% yield) and BH3 (n=1, R2=Me, R3=cyclohexylethyl and R15=n-butyl) (0.008 g, 0.020 mmol, 14% yield). For BH4 (n=1, R2=Me, R3=cyclohexylethyl and R15=n-butyl), MS m/e: 409.1M+H). For BH3 (n=1, R2=Me, R3=cyclohexylethyl and R15=n-butyl), MS m/e: 409.1 (M+H).
Method BH, Step 3
Compound BH4 (n=1, R2=Me, R3=cyclohexylethyl and R15=n-butyl) (0.032 g, 0.078 mmol) was converted to BH5 (n=1, R2=Me, R3=cyclohexylethyl and R15=n-butyl) (0.016 g, 0.043 mmol, 57% yield) using a method similar to Method A, step 3. MS m/e: 392.1 (M+H).
The following compound was generated using a similar method:
A solution of BI1(0.020 g, 0.040 mmol) in DCM (1 mL) was degassed using freeze/pump/thaw (4×) method. At the end of the fourth cycle Crabtree's catalyst was added and the system was evacuated. While thawing, the system was charged with hydrogen gas, and the reaction was stirred at room temperature for 16 hours under an H2 atmosphere. The reaction was concentrated, and the brown oil was purified by reverse phase HPLC to furnish BI2(0.011 g, 0.022 mmol, 55% yield). MS m/e: 368.2 (M+H).
Method BJ, Step 1
A mixture of 2 ml dioxane solution of BJ1 (R1=Me, R3=Me) (140 mg, 0.5 mmol) generated using Method BK Steps 1 & 2, indole (1.2 eq), potassium t-Butoxide (1.4 eq), Pd2(dba)3 (0.02 eq) and 2-di-t-butylphospinobiphenyl (0.04 eq) in a sealed tube was irradiated in a microwave oven at 120° C. for 10 min and the mixture was separated via a silica gel column to give BJ2(R1=Me, R3=Me) (0.73 mg).
Method BJ, Step 2
BJ2(R1=Me, R3=Me) was converted to BJ3 (R1=Me, R3=Me) using Method BK, Steps 3 & 4. Obs. Mass for BJ3 (R1=Me, R3=Me): 319.2.
Method BK, Step 1
Hydantoin BK2 (R3═N-benzyl-3-piperidyl, R4=n-Bu) was prepared according to Method D, Step 1 from the corresponding ketone BK1 (R3═N-benzyl-3-piperidyl, R4=n-Bu). Analytical data for BK2 (R3═N-benzyl-3-piperidyl, R4=n-Bu): (M+H)=330.1.
Method BK, Step 2
To a suspension of hydantoin BK2 (R3═N-benzyl-3-piperidyl, R4=n-Bu) (138 mg, 0.419 mmol) in DMF (1.5 ml) was added dimethylformamide dimethylacetal (0.11 ml, 0.84 mmol). The resulting mixture was heated in a 100° C. oil bath for 16 h and then cooled to RT and concentrated under vacuum. This crude residue was purified by column chromatography (MeOH/DCM) to give product BK3 (R3═N-benzyl-3-piperidyl, R4=n-Bu) (140 mg, 0.408 mmol, 97%), (M+H)=344.1.
Method BK, Step 3
To a solution of a portion of BK3 (R3═N-benzyl-3-piperidyl, R4=n-Bu) (70 mg, 0.20 mmol) in toluene (1 ml) was added Lawesson's reagent (107 mg, 0.26 mmol). The resulting mixture was placed in an oil bath at 60° C. for 16 h and then at 100° C. for 24 h. After cooling to RT, the reaction was quenched by addition of several drops of 1 N HCl and then diluted with EtOAc and 1 N KOH. The phases were separated and the aqueous layer extracted with EtOAc (2×). The organic portions were combined, washed with brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. This crude residue was purified by preparative TLC (1000 μm silica, 15% EtOAc/DCM) to give two separated diastereomers BK4 (R3═N-benzyl-3-piperidyl, R4=n-Bu) (24 mg, 0.067 mmol, 33%, MS: (M+H)=360.2) and BK5 (R3═N-benzyl-m-piperidyl, R4=n-Bu) (22 mg, 0.062 mmol, 31%, MS: (M+H)=360.2).
Method BK, Step 4
Diastereomer BK5 (R3═N-benzyl-3-piperidyl, R4=n-Bu) was treated with NH4OH (2 ml) and t-butyl hydrogen peroxide (70% aqueous, 2 ml) in MeOH (4 ml) for 24 h. After concentration, the crude sample was purified by preparative TLC (1000 mm silica, 7.5% 7N NH3/MeOH in DCM). The resulting sample was dissolved in DCM (1 ml), treated with 4N HCl in dioxane for 5 min, and finally concentrated to give diastereomeric products BK7 (R3═N-benzyl-3-piperidyl, R4=n-Bu) (12 mg, 0.029 mmol, 43%). 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ 7.60 (m, 2 H), 7.49 (m, 3 H), 4.39 (ABq, JAB=12.8 Hz, ΔνAB=42.1 Hz, 2 H), 3.69 (m, 1 H), 3.39 (br d, J=13.6 Hz, 1 H), 3.20 (s, 3 H), 2.96 (m, 2 H), 2.45 (m, 1 H), 1.99 (m, 1 H), 1.92-1.78 (m, 3 H), 1.68 (br d, J=12.4 Hz, 1 H), 1.50 (dq, Jd=3.6 Hz, Jq=12.8 Hz, 1 H), 1.36-1.22 (m, 4 H), 1.03 (m, 1 H), 0.90 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H). LCMS: tR (doubly protonated)=0.52 min, (singly protonated)=2.79 min; (M+H) for both peaks=343.2.
The following compounds were synthesized using similar methods:
To a 2 ml Methanolic solution of BL1 (n=1, R3=cyclohexylethyl, R1=Me) (10 mg) was added BL3 (HCl salt, R15═H, 2 eq) and NaOAc (2 eq) and the mixture was heated to 60 C for 16 h. After removal of solvent, the residue was treated with 20% TFA in DCM for 30 min before the solvent was evaporated and residue purified using a reverse phase HPLC to give BL2 (n=1, R3=cyclohexylethyl, R1=Me and R15═H).
The following compounds were synthesized using similar methods.
Method BM, Step 1
To a toulene solution (3 ml) of BM1 (n=1, R3=cyclohexylethyl, R2=Me) (0.050 mg) was added 1.5 eq of diphenylphosphorylazide and 1.5 eq of DBU and the solution was stirred at r.t. overnight. The reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc and washed with 1% aq HOAc before the organic layer was dried and solvent evaporated. The residue was chromatographed using EtOAc/Hex to give a product that was treated with triphenylphosphine (2 eq) in THF (1% water) overnight to give BM2 (n=1, R3=cyclohexylethyl, R2=Me) after reverse phase purification.
Method BM Step 2
To a DCM solution of BM2 (n=1, R3=cyclohexylethyl, R2=Me) was added 1 eq of benzyloxycarbonyl-OSu and the reaction was stirred overnight before the solvent was evaporated and residue chromatographed to give BM3 (n=1, R3=cyclohexylethyl, R2=Me).
Compound BM4 (n=1, R3=cyclohexylethyl, R2=Me) and BM5 (n=1, R3=cyclohexylethyl, R2=Me) were generated from BM2 (n=1, R3=cyclohexylethyl, R2=Me) and BM3 (n=1, R3=cyclohexylethyl, R2=Me) through Boc-deprotection.
The following compounds were synthesized using similar method:
A mixture of Pd(OAc)2 (9 mg), triethylamine (17 microliter), triethylsilane (11 microliter) and BN1 (20 mg) in DCM was hydrogenated at latm at rt for 1.5 h before the reaction was filtered through a Celite pad to give BN2 after removal of solvent.
The following compounds were generated through boc-deprotection of the corresponding starting material using 50% TFA in DCM, rt 30 min.
Method BP, Step 1
To a solution of BP1 (n=1, R1=Me, R2═H, R3=cyclohexylethyl) (0.012 g, 0.028 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (0.5 mL) was added 2,6-lutidine (0.010 mL, 0.086 mmol), AgOTf (0.024 g, 0.093 mmol), and benzyl bromide (0.010 mL, 0.084 mmol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 16 hours. The solid was filtered, and after concentration the residue was purified by reverse phase HPLC to yield BP2 (n=1, R1=Me, R2═H, R3=cyclohexylethyl) (0.010 g, 0.019 mmol). MS m/e: 526.1 (M+H).
Method BP, Step 2
BP3 (n=1, R1=Me, R2═H, R3=cyclohexylethyl) was prepared from BP2 (n=1, R1=Me, R2═H, R3=cyclohexylethyl) using 30% TFA/DCM. MS m/e: 426.1 (M+H).
Method BQ Step 1
BQ1 was prepared according to Method AZ.
To a solution of BQ1 (n=1, R1=Me, R2═H, R3=cyclohexylethyl) (0.004 g, 0.007 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (0.3 mL) was added DIEA (0.007 mL, 0.040 mmol), acetic acid (0.001 mL, 0.017 mmol), HOBt (0.003 g, 0.019 mmol), and EDCI (0.003 g, 0.016 mmol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 16 hours. The reaction was concentrated and purified by reverse phase HPLC to provide BQ2 (n=1, R1=Me, R2═H, R3=cyclohexylethyl) (0.003 g, 0.005 mmol). MS m/e: 627.1 (M+H).
Method BQ Step 2
BQ2 (n=1, R1=Me, R2═H, R3=cyclohexylethyl) (0.003 g, 0.005 mmol) was treated with 20% TFA/CH2Cl2 (1 mL) in the presence of PS-thiophenol resin (0.030 g, 1.42 mmol/g) for 3 hours. The solution was filtered and concentrated to produce BQ3 (n=1, R1=Me, R2═H, R3=cyclohexylethyl) (0.002 g, 0.005 mmol). MS m/e: 377.2 (M+H).
Method BR, Step 1
To a solution of BR1 (n=1, R1=Me, R2═H, R3=cyclohexylethyl) (0.004 g, 0.007 mmol) in pyridine (0.2 ml) was added DMAP (a few crystals) and methylsulfonyl chloride (3 drops). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 6 days. The reaction was quenched with water and diluted with CH2Cl2. The organic layer was removed, and the aqueous phase was extracted with CH2Cl2 (3×). After concentration, the brown residue was purified by reverse phase HPLC to yield BR2 (n=1, R1=Me, R2═H, R3=cyclohexylethyl) (0.003 g, 0.004 mmol). MS m/e: 663.2 (M+H).
Method BR, Step 2
BR3 (n=1, R1=Me, R2═H, R3=cyclohexylethyl) was prepared from BR2 (n=1, R1=Me, R2═H, R3=cyclohexylethyl) following a procedure similar to Method BQ Step 2. MS m/e: 413.1 (M+H).
Method BS Step 1
To a solution of BS1 (n=1, R1=Me, R2═H, R3=cyclohexylethyl) (0.003 g, 0.006 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (0.3 mL) was added phenyl isocyanate (2 drops). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 16 hours. The reaction was concentrated and purified by reverse phase HPLC to provide BS2 (n=1, R1=Me, R2═H, R3=cyclohexylethyl) (0.002 g, 0.002 mmol). MS m/e: 823.5 (M+H).
Method BS Step 2
Compound BS2 (n=1, R1=Me, R2═H, R3=cyclohexylethyl) was subjected to the same conditions in Method BQ Step 2. The crude mixture prepared above was treated with LiOH (0.006 g, 0.25 mmol) in MeOH (0.3 mL) for 2 hours. The reaction was concentrated, and the residue was purified by reverse phase HPLC to furnish BS3 (n=1, R1=Me, R2═H, R3=cyclohexylethyl) (0.0012 g, 0.002 mmol). MS m/e: 454.1 (M+H).
To a round bottom flask were added compound BTI (R1=Me, R3=Me) (100 mg, 0.29 mmol), anhydrous toluene (2 ml), 3-aminopyridine (55 mg, 0.58 mmol) and 2-(di-tert-butyl phosphino) biphenyl (17 mg, 0.058). The solution was then degassed by N2 for 2 minutes before NaO-t-Bu (61 mg, 0.638 mmol) and Pd2(dba)3 (27 mg, 0.029 mmol) were added. The reaction was stirred at 80° C. for 22 hours. After cooling down to room temperature, the reaction was poured to cold water and extracted by CH2Cl2. The combined organic layer was then dried over Na2SO4. After the filtration, the concentrated residue was separated by TLC(CH3OH:CH2Cl2=1:10) and reverse phase HPLC (10%-100% acetonitrile in water w/0.1% formic acid) to produce the desired compound BT2 (R1=Me, R3=Me and R21=m-pyridyl) as a formate salt (23.6 mg, white solid, 20%). 1HNMR (CDCl3) δ 7.50-6.90 (m, 13 H), 3.14 (s, 3H) MS m/e 358 (M+H).
Method BU, Step 1,
To a round bottomed flask containing BU1 (m=1, n=1, R1=Me, R3=Cyclohexylethyl) (99 mg, 0.307 mmol) of the trifluoroacetic acid salt of pyrollidine derivative in 5 ml of DCM was added (86 μL, 0.614 mmol) of triethylamine followed by addition of (76 mg, 0.307 mmol) N-(benzyyloxycarbonyloxy)succinimide. Stir at room temperature for 18 h. Dilute the mixture with DCM and extract with sat'd NaHCO3 soln, then water. Collect the organic portion and dry over Na2SO4, filter and concentrate in vacuo. Purify by silica gel chromatography (eluting with 0 to 60% EtOAc/hexanes) to yield BU2 (m=1, n=1, R1=Me, R3=Cyclohexylethyl) (130 mg, 0.284 mmol, 93% yield). MS m/e: 458.1 (M+H).
To a solution of BU2 (m=1, n=1, R1=Me, R3=Cyclohexylethyl) (130 mg) in 1 ml of MeOH in a reaction vial was added 0.5 ml of a solution of 70% tBuOOH in water and 0.5 ml of NH4OH. Seal the vial and shake at room temperature for 72 h. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo. The mixture was diluted with 1 ml of MeOH and a mixture 30 mg of NaHCO3 and Boc2O (87 mg, 0.398 mmol) were added. The solution mixture was stirred at room temperature for 18 h before it was concentrated and the residue purified by silica gel chromatography using EtOAc/hexanes to yield the BU3 (m=1, n=1, R1=Me, R3=Cyclohexylethyl) (90 mg, 0.167 mmol, 58% yield). MS m/e: 541.1, 441.1 (M+H).
A solution of BU3 (m=1, n=1, R1=Me, R3=Cyclohexylethyl) (90 mg, 0.167 mmol) in 5 ml of MeOH was hydrogenated using 100 mg of Pd(OH)2—C (20% w/w) at 1 atm for 1 h. The reaction mixture was filtered through a pad of diatomaceous earth and the pad was washed with MeOH. Concentration of the collected organic portions in vacuo yielded BU4 (m=1, n=1, R1=Me, R3=Cyclohexylethyl) (47 mg 0.116 mmol, 70% yield). MS m/e: 407.1 (M+H).
To a vial containing 10 mg of powdered 4 4 molecular sieves was added 3-methoxyphenyl boronic acid (60 mg, 0.395 mmol) then 3 ml of anhydrous MeOH. To this mixture was added pyridine (100 ml, 0.650 mmol), Cu(OAc)2 (7 mg, 0.038 mmol), and BU4 (m=1, n=1, R1=Me, R3=Cyclohexylethyl) (7.83 mg, 0.019 mmol) and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 96 h before it was quenched with 0.25 ml of 7N ammonia in methanol solution. The reaction mixture was extracted with water and DCM and the organic layers were dried and concentrate in vacuo. The residue was purified via a reverse-phase HPLC to give a product which was treated with 5 ml of 40% of TFA in DCM for 5 h. After removal of the volatiles, the residue was purified using a reverse phase HPLC system to furnish BU5 (m=1, n=1, R1=Me, R3=Cyclohexylethyl and R21=m-MeOPh) as the formic acid salt (0.7 mg, 0.0015 mmol, 30.1% yield). MS m/e: 413.1 (M+H).
The method was adapted from a literature procedure (Page et al., Tetrahedron 1992, 35, 7265-7274)
A hexane solution of nBuLi (4.4 mL, 11 mmol) was added to a −78 C solution of BV2 (R4=phenyl) (2.0 g, 10 mmol) in THF (47 mL). After 60 minutes at −78 C, a solution of BV1 (R3=3-bromo-4-fluorophenyl) (2.24 g, 11 mmol) was added and the reaction slowly warmed to RT over 18 h. The reaction mixture was quenched with saturated ammonium chloride solution and extracted with CH2Cl2 (2×), dried over MgSO4 and concentrated under vacuum. The resulting oil was subjected to silica gel chromatography using 4-10% EtOAc/Hexanes to give a white solid BV3 (R3=3-bromo-4-fluorophenyl and R4=phenyl) (1.69 g, 4.23 mmol, 42%). 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 7.61 (m, 2 H), 7.27 (m, 3 H), 6.94 (m, 1 H), 6.92 (m, 1 H), 6.68 (m, 1 H), 3.15 (bs, 1 H), 2.57-2.73 (m, 4 H), 1.89 (m, 2 H).
A solution of BV3 (R3=3-bromo-4-fluorophenyl and R4=phenyl) (1.69 g, 4.23 mmol) in acetone (40 mL) was slowly added via addition funnel to a 0° C. solution of N-bromosuccinimide (NBS, 11.3 g, 63.3 mmol) in acetone (200 mL) and water (7.5 mL). The mixture was slowly warmed to RT, and quenched after 60 minutes with 10% aqueous Na2SO3. After diluting with CH2Cl2, the layers were separated, and the organic layer washed with water (2×), brine (1×) and dried over MgSO4. Concentration under vacuum afforded an oil which was subjected to silica gel chromatography using 5% EtOAc/Hexanes to give a solid BV4 (R3=3-bromo-4-fluorophenyl and R4=phenyl) (690 mg, 2.24 mmol, 53%). 1H NMR (CDCl3) 8.19 (m, 1 H), 7.93 (m, 3 H), 7.66 (m, 1 H), 7.50 (m, 2 H), 7.20 (m, 1 H).
BV5 (R3=3-bromo-4-fluorophenyl and R4=phenyl and R1=Me and R2═H) was prepared from BV4 (R3=3-bromo-4-fluorophenyl and R4=phenyl) using Method AS, Step 4.
To an oven-dried vial was added Pd2(dba)3 (15.4 mg, 0.0168 mmol) and 2-(Di-t-butylphosphino)biphenyl (10.0 mg, 0.0336 mmol) followed by addition of a solution of BW1 (R4=Me; R1=Me and n=1) (56.8 mg, 0.168 mmol) in 2 mL of anhydrous THF.
2-Bromopyridine (17.0 mL, 0.178 mmol) was added followed by addition of 0.80 mL of 1.0 N LHMDS solution in THF. The reaction mixtures was stirred at 35° C. for 90 min followed by addition of MeOH and filteration through a silica gel pad. Purification by silica gel chromatography (0 to 100% EtOAc in hexanes) yielded the product which was treated with 5 mL of a 30% TFA in DCM solution to give BW2 after concentration and purification via a reverse phase column (R4=Me; R1=R22=2-pyridyl and n=1) (69.3 mg, 99%). ES_LCMS (m/e): 416.2
To a solution of BX1 (R4=Me and n=1) (0.78 g, 3.63 mmol) in 10 mL of anhydrous DMF, was added N-Boc-N′-methyl thiourea (0.70 g, 3.70 mmol), EDCI.HCl (0.90 g, 4.71 mmol), and diisopropylethylamine (2.5 mL). The mixture was stirred at RT for 16 h before it was quenched with water and extracted with EtOAc (3×50 mL). The organic solution was dried, concentrated and the residue chromatographed via a silica gel column to yield BX2 (R1═R4=Me and n=1) (1.23 g, 100%). ES_LCMS (m/e): 340.1
To a solution of BX2 (R1═R4=Me and n=1) (1.23 g, 3.63 mmol) in 40 mL of anhydrous THF was added triphenylphosphine (1.43 g, 5.44 mmol) and the mixture was cooled to 0° C. followed by slow addition of diisopropylcarbodiimide (1.07 mL, 5.44 mmol). After the mixture was stirred for 15 min at 0° C., nicotinoyl azide (Synthesis, 2004 (17), 2886) (0.66 g, 4.71 mmol) was added in one portion and the reaction was allowed to warm to RT and stir for 3 h. The reaction was diluted with EtOAc (200 mL) and washed with water (3×100 mL). The residue from the organic layer was purified through a silica gel column to yield the product azide which was hydrogenation using 20% Pd(OH)2/C (0.64 mg) in MeOH to give BX3 (R1═R4=Me and n=1). ES_LCMS (m/e): 339.1.
The following compounds were synthesized using methods similar to Methods AO or AP.
The following aminoacids were generated using methods similar to Method D
Compound CA2 (R3═R4=Ph; Z=m-phenylene, R15═H and R16=cyclopentyl) was obtained from CA1 (R3═R4=Ph; Z=m-phenylene, R15═H and R16=cyclopentyl) using a method similar to Method G.
The following compounds were synthesized using methods similar to Method E and/or AX.
To a methanol solution (20 mL) of CC1 (5 g) cooled to 0° C. was added sodium borohydride (1 eq) and the reaction was stirred for 30 min before the reaction mixture was evaporated to dryness then extracted with DCM/water. The DCM fractions were pooled, dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated to dryness. The crude product was dissolved in 20 mL. of anhydrous DCM. To this solution was added t-butyldimethylchlorosilane (2 eq.) and imidazole (2 eq.). The reaction was stirred overnight at RT before it was quenched DCM and saturated NaHCO3. The organic phase was dried (MgSO4), filtered and evaporated to dryness to give crude product CC2.
A literature procedure was adapted (Aust. J. Chem. 1990, 43(7), 1195). Compound CC2 (50 g) in 80 mL. THF was added to mercuric oxide (1.5 eq.) and borontrifluoride etherate (1.6 eq.) in 540 mL. of THF/H2O (5:1) and the mixture was stirred under nitrogen for 2 h before the reaction was quenched with saturated NaHCO3 (aq.) and ether. The ether phase was dried over anhyd. Na2SO4, filtered through a silica pad and concentrated to give crude CC3.
To CC3 (10.4 grams) in 200 mL MeOH was added 1.1 eq. of sodium borohydride and the mixture was stirred for 30 min before the reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue partitioned in DCM/H2O. The organic phase was dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated. The residue was chromatographed to give product CC4.
Compound CC4 (2.5) in 5 mL. anhydrous DCM was added Bis(1,2-diphenylphosphino)ethane (DPPE; 1.2 eq.) followed by carbon tetrabromide (1.1 eq.) at 0° C. and the reaction was stirred for 30 min. The reaction was quenched with hexane and poured over a silica pad. The organic solution was evaporated to give product CC5 as an oil. 1H-NMR (CDCl3) δ 5.72, br s, 1H, 4.18, t, 1H, 3.83, q, 2H, 2.00-2.10, m, 2H, 1.76-1.81, m, 2H, 1.43-1.56, m, 2H, 0.84, s, 9H, 0.03, s, 6H.
Compound CC6 was generated from CC5 using a similar procedure in Method E. Crude compound CC6 was purified by flash chromatography (gradient 0-10% EtOAc in hexane). Two isomers were isolated during purification isomer A which eluted first followed by isomer B.
ISOMER A: 1H-NMR (CDCl3) δ 7.26-7.37, m, 5H, 5.57, s, 1H, 5.38, s, 1H, 5.02, q, 2H, 4.08, br s, 1H, 3.67, s, 3H, 3.08, d, 1H, 2.58, d, 1H, 1.80-1.92, m, 1H, 1.60-1.75, m, 3H, 1.32-1.44, m, 3H, 0.83, s, 9H, 0.35-0.45, m, 4H, 0.01, s, 6H.
ISOMER B: 1H-NMR (CDCl3) δ 7.286-7.36, m, 5H, 5.56, s, 1H, 5.39, s, 1H, 5.06, q, 2H, 4.15, br s, 1H, 3.71, s, 3H, 3.06, d, 1H, 2.70, d, 1H, 1.60-1.90, m, 4H, 1.33-1.48, m, 3H, 0.87, s, 9H, 0.37-0.51, m, 4H, 0.03, s, 6H. Yield 26% isomer A and 22% isomer B.
Compound CC7 was obtained from CC6 (isomer B) through treatment with 1 N TBAF in THF for 30 min followed by extraction with ether/water. The organic phase was separated and washed four times with water. The aqueous phase was pooled and washed once with Et2O (pH ˜6 to 7). The organic phase was dried over Na2SO4, filtered and evaporated to give product CC7 in 94% yield. 1H-NMR (CDCl3) δ 7.28-7.39, m, 5H, 5.58, br s, 1H, 5.49, br s, 1H, 5.10, d, 1H, 5.02, d, 1H, 4.09, br s, 1H; 3.72, s, 3H, 3.14, d, 1H, 2.70, s, 1H, 1.79-1.87, m, 2H, 1.67-1.79, m, 1H, 1.53-1.67, m, 2H, 1.44-1.53, m, 2H.; 1.31-1.39, m, 1H, 0.35-0.54, m, 4H
To a solution of tert-butyl 2-(3-bromophenyl)-1-hydroxypropan-2-ylcarbamate (CD1; R4=Me) (1.5 g, 4.6 mmol) in EtOAc (150 mL) at reflux was added IBX (3.82 g, 13.6 mmol, 3 eq). Reflux was continued for another 2 h and then the mixture was cooled to RT. The white precipitate was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated. The residue was purified by chromatography on silica gel by eluting with EtOAc/hexanes to give 1.0 g (66%) of tert-butyl 2-(3-bromophenyl)-1-oxopropan-2-ylcarbamate (CD2; R4=Me) as a colorless oil. 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 9.42 (s, 1H), 7.69 (m, 1H), 7.60 (m, 1H), 7.55-7.40 (m, 2H), 5.85 (bs, 1H), 1.96 (s, 3H), 1.56 (s, 9H).
To a solution of tert-butyl 2-(3-bromophenyl)-1-oxopropan-2-ylcarbamate (CD2; R4=Me) (1.0 g, 3 mmol) in dichloroethane (50 mL) was added methylamine (0.48 g, 6.1 mmol, 2 eq) in water (40%) and 1 mL of AcOH. The solution was allowed to stir at RT for 1 h followed by the addition of sodium triacetoxyborohydride (1.8 g, 8.5 mmol, 2.8 eq). The resulting mixture was stirred at RT for 16 h and quenched with MeOH. After stirring for 30 min the mixture was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by chromatography on silica gel by eluting with EtOAc/MeOH to give 0.62 g (60%) of tert-butyl 2-(3-bromophenyl)-1-(methylamino)propan-2-ylcarbamate (CD3; R1=Me, R4=Me) as a colorless oil. 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 7.47 (bs, 1H), 7.37 (m, 1H), 7.27 (m, 1H), 7.23 (m, 1H), 5.97 (bs, 1H), 3.18-2.82 (m, 2H), 2.45 (s, 3H), 1.74 (s, 3H), 1.40 (s, 9H). MS (ESI) m/e 342.9 (M+H)+.
tert-Butyl 2-(3-bromophenyl)-1-(methylamino)propan-2-ylcarbamate (CD3; R1=Me, R4=Me) (0.62 g, 1.8 mmol) was dissolved in 25% TFA in DCM (25 mL) and the mixture was left stirring at RT for 1 h. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo and the residue was redissolved in CHCl3 (20 mL). The solution was washed with 15% NaOH (10 mL) and the aqueous layer was extracted with CHCl3 (3×10 mL). The combined organic layer was dried over MgSO4 and concentrated in vacuo to give 0.33 g (76%) of crude 2-(3-bromophenyl)-N1-methylpropan-1,2-diamine as a colorless oil. 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 7.65 (t, J=1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.41-7.34 (m, 2H), 7.21 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 2.86 (dd, J=11.7, 0.6 Hz, 1H), 2.64 (dd, J=11.7, 0.6 Hz, 1H), 2.38 (s, 3H), 1.54 (bs, 3H), 1.43 (s, 9H). MS (ESI) m/e 242.9 (M+H)+. The compound was used in the next step without further purification.
To a solution of 2-(3-bromophenyl)-N1-methylpropan-1,2-diamine (0.12 g, 0.50 mmol) in EtOH (10 mL) was added BrCN (0.073 g, 0.70 mmol, 1.4 eq). The mixture was stirred at RT for 16 h and then concentrated in vacuo. The residue was redissolved in CHCl3 (20 mL) and the solution was washed with 15% NaOH (10 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted with CHCl3 (3×10 mL) and the combined organic layer was dried (MgSO4), and concentrated to give 0.14 g (100%) of 4-(3-bromophenyl)-1,4-dimethylimidazolidin-2-imine (CD4; R1=Me, R4=Me) as a colorless oil. 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 7.42 (t, J=1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.35 (dd, J=8.1, 1.7 Hz, 2H), 7.15 (t, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 3.62 (d, J=9.3 Hz, 1H), 3.53 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 1H), 3.08 (s, 3H), 1.56 (bs, 3H). MS (ESI) m/e 268.1, 270.1 (M+H)+.
A mixture of 4-(3-bromophenyl)-4-methyloxazolidin-2-imine (0.027 g, 0.1 mmol, 1 eq), 3,4-difluorophenyl boronic acid (0.020 g, 0.13 mmol, 1.3 eq), FibreCat (20 mg), anhydrous ethanol (2 mL), and a 1N K2CO3 aqueous solution (0.12 mL, 0.12 mmol, 1.2 eq) was heated in a microwave reactor (Emrys Optimizer) at 110° C. for 15 min. The mixture was transferred to a prepacked column of Si-carbonate (2 g, 0.79 mmol/g), which had been conditioned with MeOH/DCM (1:1). The column was eluted with 1:1 MeOH/DCM (3×3 mL) and the eluants were collected and concentrated to give 0.019 g (63%) of 4-(3-(3,4-difluorophenyl)phenyl)-1,4-dimethylimidazolidin-2-imine (CD5; R1=Me, R4=Me, R21=3,4-difluorophenyl) as a white solid. 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 7.60 (s, 1H), 7.50-7.20 (m, 6H), 3.48 (m, 2H), 2.79 (s, 3H), 1.66 (s, 3H). MS (ESI) m/e 302.2 (M+H)+, HPLC (A) Rt=5.48 min.
To a solution of tert-butyl 2-(3-bromophenyl)-1-oxopropan-2-ylcarbamate (CD2; R4=Me) (2.7 g, 8.2 mmol) in dichloroethane (40 mL) was added methoxylamine hydrochloride (0.89 g, 10.7 mmol, 1.3 eq) and 1 mL of AcOH. The solution was allowed to stir at RT for 16 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated to give the oxime intermediate. The oxime was dissolved in EtOH (20 mL) and borane-pyridine complex (0.74 g, 7.9 mmol) was added dropwise. After stirring at r.t for 20 min, the reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was redissolved in DCM (50 mL) and washed with water (3×20 mL). The organic layer was dried (Na2SO4) and concentrated to give 1.6 g (54%) of tert-butyl 2-(3-bromophenyl)-1-(methoxyamino)propan-2-ylcarbamate (CD3; R1═OMe, R4=Me). 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 7.60-7.10 (m, 4H), 5.82 (s, 1H), 3.90 (s, 3H), 3.70 (m, 2H), 1.80 (s, 3H), 1.40 (s, 9H). The crude compound was used in the next step without further purification.
tert-Butyl 2-(3-bromophenyl)-1-(methoxyamino)propan-2-yl carbamate (CD3; R1═OMe, R4=Me) (1.6 g, 4.4 mmol) was dissolved in 25% TFA in DCM (25 mL) and the mixture was left stirring at RT for 1 h. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was redissolved in CHCl3 (20 mL) and washed with 15% NaOH (10 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted with CHCl3 (3×10 mL). The combined organic layer was dried over MgSO4 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in EtOH (10 mL) and BrCN (0.096 g, 0.91 mmol) was added. After stirring at RT for 16 h, the mixture was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was redissolved in CHCl3 (20 mL) and washed with 15% NaOH (10 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted with CHCl3 (3×10 mL). The combined organic layer was dried over MgSO4 and concentrated to give 0.2 g (16%) of 4-(3-bromophenyl)-1-methoxy-4-methylimidazolidin-2-imine (CD4; R1═OMe, R4=Me) as a colorless oil. 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 7.65-7.35 (m, 4H), 4.02 (s, 3H), 3.98 (d, 1H), 3.91 (d, 1H), 1.94 (s, 3H).
A mixture of 4-(3-bromophenyl)-4-methyloxazolidin-2-imine (CD4; R1═OMe, R4=Me) (0.027 g, 0.1 mmol, 1 eq), 3-chloro phenylboronic acid (0.023 g, 0.13 mmol, 1.3 eq), FibreCat (0.020 g), anhydrous ethanol (2 mL), and 1N K2CO3 aqueous solution (0.12 mL, 0.12 mmol, 1.2 eq) was heated in a microwave reactor (Emrys Optimizer) at 110° C. for 15 min. The mixture was transferred to a prepacked column of Si-carbonate (2 g, 0.79 mmol/g), which had been conditioned with MeOH/DCM (1:1). The column was eluted with 1:1 MeOH/DCM (3×3 mL) and the eluants were collected and concentrated to give 0.008 g (25%) of 4-(3-(3-chlorophenyl)phenyl)-1-methoxy-4-methylimidazolidin-2-imine (CD5; R1═OMe, R4=Me, R21=3-ClC6H4) as a white solid. 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 7.75-7.60 (m, 5H), 7.58-7.42 (m, 3H), 4.00 (m, 2H), 3.97 (s, 3H), 1.97 (s, 3H). MS (ESI) m/e 316.0, 318.0 (Mi-H)+, HPLC (A) Rt=5.64 min.
The synthesis of CE2 (R1═R4=Me, R21=Br and R4=Me) was adapted from the procedure of Spanu, P. et. al., Tet. Lett., 2003, 44, 671-675. Thus, to a solution of (S)-tert-butyl 4-(3-bromophenyl)-1,4-dimethyl-6-oxo-tetrahydropyrimidin-2(1H)-ylidenecarbamate (CE1; R1═R6=Me, R21=Br) (0.24 g, 0.6 mmol, 1 eq) in THF (4 mL), LDA (2M in heptane/THF, 0.6 mL, 0.12 mmol, 2 eq) was added dropwise via a syringe at −78° C. After stirring at −78° C. for 30 min, a solution of iodomethane (0.080 mL, 0.12 mmol, 2 eq) in THF (4 mL) was added dropwise to form an orange-colored enolate solution. The mixture was stirred at −78° C. for 3 h. Water was added to quench the reaction and the suspension was warmed to RT. The mixture was then partitioned between H2O and Et2O. The organic layer was separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with Et2O (3×25 mL).
The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried (MgSO4) and concentrated to give 0.38 g of a brown oil. Chromatography on silica gel using 50% EtOAc/hexanes as eluent gave 0.14 g (54%) of tert-butyl (4S,5R)-4-(3-bromophenyl)-1,4,5-trimethyl-6-oxo-tetrahydropyrimidin-2(1H)-ylidenecarbamate (CE2; R1═R4=Me, R21=Br and R6=Me) as a white solid. 1HNMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz): 10.16 (s, 1H), 7.46 (m, 2H), 7.26 (m, 2H), 3.21 (s, 1H), 3.01 (m, 3H), 3.02 (m, 1H), 1.51 (s, 12H), 1.17 (d, J=7.1 Hz, 3H). MS (ESI): MH+=441.7 HPLC (A) Rt=7.20 min.
A mixture of (S)-tert-butyl 4-(3-bromophenyl)-1,4-dimethyl-6-oxo-tetrahydropyrimidin-2(1H)-ylidene carbamate (CE2; R1═R4=Me, R6=Me, R21=Br) (0.25 g, 0.6 mmol), 5-cyanothien-1-ylboronic acid (0.2 g, 1.3 mmol, 2 eq), Fibrecat (4.26% Pd, 0.7 g), and 1N aq. K2CO3 (0.5 mL) was heated at 110° C. in a 20 mL Smith process vial using the Emrys microwave synthesizer. After cooling, the reaction mixture was transferred to a pre-packed column of Si-Carbonate column and eluted with MeOH/CH2Cl2 (1:1). The eluent was concentrated to give 0.32 g of a yellow oil, which was purified by silica gel chromatography (20-50% EtOAc/hexanes to give 0.13 g (0.3 mmol, 48% yield, syn:anti ratio: 5:1) of (S)-tert-butyl 4-(3-(5-cyanothien-1-yl)phenyl)-1,4-dimethyl-6-oxotetrahydro-pyrimidin-2(1H)-ylidenecarbamate as a white solid. 1HNMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz): δ 10.15 (s, 1H), 7.58-7.53 (m, 3H), 7.53-7.38 (m, 2H), 7.23 (m, 1H), 3.32 (s, 3H), 3.16 (m, 1H), 1.57 (s, 9H), 1.23 (d, J=6.9 Hz, 3H). MS (ESI): MH+=438.7;
M+−56=383.1. HPLC Rt=7.28 min (syn isomer).
(S)-tert-Butyl 4-(3-(5-cyanothien-1-yl)phenyl)-1,4-dimethyl-6-oxo-tetrahydropyrimidin-2(1H)-ylidenecarbamate (23 mg, 0.05 mmol) was treated with 1 mL of 30% TFA/CH2Cl2 at RT for 30 min. The volatiles were removed in vacuo and the residue was re-dissolved in acetonitrile (5 mL) and evaporated again to afford 17 mg of crude iminopyrimidinone as a yellow solid. The crude product was purified by reverse phase HPLC (B) to provide 10 mg (60%) of (S)-6-(3-(5-cyanothien-1-yl)phenyl)-6-ethyl-2-imino-3-methyl-tetrahydropyrimidin-4(1H)-one (CE3; R1═R4=Me, R6=Me, R21=5-cyanothien-1-yl) as a white solid. 1HNMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz): 11.1 (br s, 1H), 10.0 (s, 1H), 7.58-7.53 (m, 3H), 7.44 (m, 1H), 7.40-7.26 (m, 2H), 3.30 (m, 1H), 3.16 (s, 3H), 1.60 (s, 3H), 1.27 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 3H). MS (ESI): MH+=438.7; M+−56=339.1. HPLC Rt=7.24 min (syn isomer).
To a solution of t-butylcarbamate (0.5 g, 4.3 mmol, 1 eq) in anhydrous THF (5.0 mL) at RT was added NaH (0.17 g, 4.3 mmol, 1 eq). The mixture was stirred at RT for 15 min. Then a solution of methyl isocyanate (0.3 g, 4.2 mmol, 1 eq.) in anhydrous THF (5.0 mL) was added dropwise. The reaction mixture was allowed to stir at 25° C. for 15 min. The mixture was then poured into 30 mL of ice-water under vigorous stirring.
The reaction solution was extracted with Et2O (2×25 mL). The organic layers were combined and washed with brine (30 mL), dried (Na2SO4), and concentrated in vacuo to give 0.42 g (50% yield) of tert-butyl methylcarbamothioylcarbamate CF1 (R1=Me) as a white solid. 1HNMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz): δ 8.3 (br s, 1H), 3.19 (d, 3H, J=4.8 Hz), 1.8 (br s, 1H), 1.5 (s, 9H).
To a solution of an HCl salt of AB2 (R6=3-bromophenyl and R7=Me) (0.2 g, 0.7 mmol) and CF1 (R1=Me) in DMF (2 mL) at RT was added DIEA (0.5 mL, 2.8 mmol, 4 eq) and 1-[3-(dimethylamino)propyl]-3-ethylcarbodiimide HCl (EDCI, 0.2 g, 1.0 mmol, 1.4 eq). After stirring at RT for 16 h, the mixture was diluted with EtOAc (10 mL), washed with brine, dried (MgSO4), and filtered. The filtrate was evaporated under reduced pressure to afford 0.34 g of crude product as a yellow oil which was purified using silica gel chromatography by eluting with 20% EtOAc/hexanes to give 0.17 g (0.4 mmol, 60%) of (S)-tert-butyl 4-(3-bromophenyl)-1,4-dimethyl-6-oxo-tetrahydropyrimidin-2(1H)-ylidenecarbamate (CF2; R1═R6=Me) as a white solid. 1HNMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz): δ 10.63 (s, 1H), 7.42 (m, 2H), 7.24 (m, 2H), 3.21 (s, 3H), 3.2 (d, 1H, J=16.3 Hz), 2.87 (d, 1H, J=16.1 Hz), 1.65 (s, 3H), 1.55 (s, 9H). MS (ESI): MH+=395.7, 398.7. HPLC Rt=7.11 min.
A mixture of (S)-tert-butyl 4-(3-bromophenyl)-1,4-dimethyl-6-oxo-tetrahydropyrimidin-2(1H)-ylidenecarbamate (CF2; R1═R6=Me) (0.25 g, 0.6 mmol), 5-chloro-2-hydroxyphenylboronic acid (R21=5-chloro-2-hydroxyphenyl; 0.2 g, 1.2 mmol, 2 eq), Fibrecat (4.26% of Pd, 0.7 g) and 1N aq. K2CO3 (0.5 mL) in dimethoxyethane (DME, 10 mL) or tert-butanol (10 mL) in a 20 mL Smith process vial equipped with stir a bar was sealed and heated in an Emrys optimizer at 110° C. for 15 min. After cooling, the reaction mixture was transferred to a pre-packed Si-Carbonate column and eluted with MeOH/CH2Cl2 (1:1). The eluant was collected and concentrated under reduced pressure to give 0.32 g of the crude product as an oil. The crude product was purified by silica gel chromatography (20-50% EtOAc/hexanes gradient) to yield 0.13 g (0.3 mmol, 48%) of (S)-tert-butyl 4-(3-3-chloro-6-hydroxyphenyl)-phenyl)-1,4-dimethyl-6-oxo-tetrahydropyrimidin-2(1H)-ylidenecarbamate (CF3; R1═R6=Me, R21=3-chloro-6-hydroxyphenyl) as a white solid. 1HNMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz): δ 7.48-4.32 (m, 2H), 7.20 (m, 3H), 6.84 (m, 2H), 5.68 (br s, 1H), 3.28 (d, J=15.7 Hz, 1H), 3.21 (s, 3H), 2.96 (d, J=15.3 Hz, 1H), 1.68 (s, 3H), 1.53 (s, 9H). MS (ESI): MH+=443.7, 445.7; M+-56=388.0. HPLC Rt (A)=6.99 min.
(S)-tert-butyl 4-(3-3-chloro-6-hydroxyphenyl)phenyl)-1,4-dimethyl-6-oxo-tetrahydropyrimidin-2(1H)-ylidenecarbamate (CF3; R1═R6=Me, R21=3-chloro-6-hydroxyphenyl) (23 mg, 0.05 mmol) was treated with 1 mL of 30% TFA/CH2Cl2 at RT for 30 min. The volatiles were removed in vacuo. The residue was redissolved in acetonitrile (5 mL) and evaporated again to afford 17 mg of the crude product as a yellow solid. The crude product was purified via reverse phase HPLC to provide 10 mg (60%) of (S)-6-(3-3-chloro-6-hydroxy-phenyl)phenyl)-6-ethyl-2-imino-3-methyl-tetrahydropyrimidin-4 (1H)-one (CF4; R1═R6=Me, R21=3-chloro-6-hydroxyphenyl) as a white solid. 1HNMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz): 11.4 (br s, 1H), 7.6-4.25 (m, 3H), 7.24-6.84 (m, 3H), 3.68 (br s, 1H), 5.18 (br s, 1H), 3.39 (d, J=16.1 Hz, 1H), 3.20 (s, 3H), 2.95 (d, J=15.8 Hz, 1H), 1.74 (s, 3H). MS (ESI): MH+=344.1. HPLC (A) Rt=5.07 min.
A solution of CG1 (R21=Br, 12.29 g, 45 mmol) and NaOH (1.93 g, 49 mmol) in MeOH (70 mL) and water (10 mL) was refluxed for 3 h. After removal of MeOH under vacuum, the aqueous residue was adjusted to pH 3 and the resulting solid filtered off, dried under vacuum to give CG2 (R21=Br, 11.41 g, 98%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ 8.49 (m, 1 H), 8.27 (m, 1 H), 3.90 (s, 3 H).
A mixture of CG2 (R21=Br, 11.41 g, 44 mmol), EDCI (8.6 g, 45 mmol), dipropylamine (6.2 mL, 44.8 mmol), HOBt (6.0 g, 44.4 mmol) and NEt3 (10 mL, 72 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (100 mL) was stirred at RT for 48 h. The reaction was washed with sat. NaHCO3, water (1×), NH4Cl (1×), water (1×), brine (1×), dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under vacuum. The resulting material was subjected to silica gel chromatography (0%→40% EtOAc/hexanes) to give CG3 (R21=Br, R15═R16=Pr, 3.62 g, 24%).
A mixture of CG3 (R21=Br, R15═R16=Pr, 3.6 g, 10.5 mmol), HN(Me)SO2Me (1.4 mL, 16.3 mmol), Pd(OAc)2 (355 mg, 1.58 mmol), Xantphos (1.41 g, 2.44 mmol), Cs2CO3 (5.17 g, 15.8 mmol) in toluene (40 mL) was degassed under a stream of N2 for 10 min, then heated at 95° C. for 18 h. The reaction was cooled to RT, filtered through celite, and the filtrate partitioned between EtOAc and water. The organic layer was washed with water (1×), brine (1×), dried over MgSO4, filtered, and evaporated under vacuum. The resulting residue was subjected twice to silica gel chromatography (0%→3% MeOH/CH2Cl2) to give CG4 (R21═N(Me)SO2Me, R15═R16=Pr, 2.65 g, 68%).
LiBH4 (2 M THF, 8 mL, 16 mmol) was added to a solution of CG4 (R21═N(Me)SO2Me, R15═R16=Pr, 2.65 g, 7.15 mmol) in THF (40 mL) at 0° C. After 18 h at RT, the reaction was quenched with 1 M HCl and extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was washed with brine (1×), dried over MgSO4, filtered, and evaporated under vacuum. The resulting residue was subjected to silica gel chromatography (0%→5% MeOH/CH2Cl2) to give CG5 (R21═N(Me)SO2Me, R15═R16=Pr, 1.77 g, 72%).
A mixture of CG5 (R21═N(Me)SO2Me, R15═R16=Pr, 1.77 g, 5.17 mmol), sodium azide (404 mg, 6.21 mmol), and PPh3 (2.85 g, 10.87 mmol) in CCl4 (5 mL) and DMF (20 mL) was stirred at 90° C. for 5 h, then at RT for 18 h. The reaction was stirred with water (10 mL) for 10 min, then diluted with Et2O. The organic layer was triturated with water, filtered, dried over MgSO4, and evaporated under vacuum. The resulting material was directly used in the next step (azide reduction).
The product from method CG, step 5 was dissolved in EtOH (5 mL) and stirred in the presence of 10% Pd/carbon under an atmosphere of hydrogen (50 psi) for 18 h at RT. The reaction mixture was passed through a PTFE-filter, and the filtrate evaporated under reduced pressure. The resulting material was subjected to preparative thin layer chromatography (5% MeOH/CH2Cl2) to give CG6 (R21═N(Me)SO2Me, R15═R16=Pr, 130 mg, 7.5% from CG5).
A mixture of CG6 (R21═N(Me)SO2Me, R15═R16=Pr, 130 mg, 0.38 mmol), 1,3-di(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-2-methylisothiourea (110 mg, 0.38 mmol), NEt3 (55 μL, 0.38 mmol) in DMF (1.5 mL) was stirred at RT for 48 h. After removal of the volatiles in vacuo, the resulting material was subjected to preparative thin layer chromatography (5% MeOH/CH2Cl2 as eluent). The resulting intermediate (140 mg, 0.24 mmol) was treated with 50% TFA/CH2Cl2 at RT for 3 h, followed by removal of all volatiles under vacuum to give CG7 (R21═N(Me)SO2Me, R15═R16=Pr, 140 mg, 74% from CG6).
A mixture of CG7 (R21═N(Me)SO2Me, R15═R16=Pr, 120 mg, 0.24 mmol), benzil (50 mg, 0.24 mmol) and NEt3 (134 μL, 0.96 mmol) in EtOH (5 mL) was heated at 100° C. for 18 h. After evaporating all volatiles, the residue was partitioned between water and CH2Cl2. The organic layer was washed with brine (1×), dried over MgSO4, filtered and evaporated. The resulting material was subjected to preparative thin layer chromatography (10% MeOH/CH2Cl2 as eluent) to give CG8 (R21═N(Me)SO2Me, R15═R16=Pr, R3═R4=Ph, 69 mg, 50%) as the formate salt. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ7.10-7.40 (m, 13 H), 4.72 (m, 2 H), 3.34 (m, 2 H), 3.08 (s, 3 H), 3.00 (m, 2H), 2.60 (s, 3 H), 1.59 (m, 2H), 1.39 (m, 2 H), 0.92 (m, 3 H), 0.64 (m, 3 H); LCMS: 576.3 (M+H).
Method CH
A solution of 0.35 mL of 1 M BBr3 in DCM (0.35 mmole) was added dropwise to a solution of CH1 (52 mg, 0.11 mole) in 1.5 mL anhydrous DCM in ice bath. The reaction solution was stirred in ice bath for 10 min. and 2 hrs at RT. The reaction was quenched with 5 mL MeOH in ice bath. After concentration the crude was purified on C18 reverse phase column to give CH2 (37.3 mg, 67. % yield) as a formate.
A solution of CI1 (20 mg as a formate; 0.042 mmole) in 4 mL of DCM was treated with mCPBA (0.42 mmole) at RT for 2 hrs. The crude mixture was purified on C18 reverse phase column to give compound C12.
To a solution of CJ1 (R1═R6=Me; 324 mg, 0.87 mmole) in 2.5 mL CHCl3 and 2.5 mL HOAc in ice bath was added NBS (312 mg, 1.75 mmole) and the reaction mixture was stirred at RT. Upon reaction completion, the crude mixture was diluted with DCM, and washed with saturated aqueous Na2S2O3, aqueous NaHCO3 and brine. The crude was purified on flash column to give a product which was treated with 50% TFA in DCM to give CJ2 (R1═R6=Me 220 mg, 56.% yield) after evaporation.
Similar to a literature procedure (Moloney et al., J. Med. Chem. 1997, 2347-2362), methyl bromomethylbenzoate (7.00 g, 30.5 mmol) was added to a suspension of CK1 (R3═R4=Ph, 7.00 g, 27.8 mmol) and K2CO3 (3.85 g, 27.8 mmol) in DMF (50 mL) at RT. After 18 h, the reaction mixture was diluted with water and extracted with CH2Cl2 (3×). The combined organic layers were washed with NaHCO3 (1×), water (3×), dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under vacuum to give compound CK2 (12.7 g, 100%)
Compound CK3 was obtained from CK2 using method BK, step 3.
CK3 (1.18 g, 2.83 mmol) in THF (15 mL) and 2 N LiOH (4 mL, 8 mmol) was stirred overnight at RT. The mixture was quenched with 6 N HCl (2 mL, 12 mmol) and then partitioned between water and EtOAc. The dried EtOAc layer was concentrated in vacuo and the residue subjected to reverse-phase HPLC (gradient from 10%→95% CH3CN/H2O with 0.1% HCO2H, 30 mL/min flow rate on a preparative C18 reverse-phase column) to afford CK4.
Compounds CK5 were obtained from CK4 using method G, step 2.
Compounds CK6 were obtained from CK5 using method A, step 3.
CL2 was obtained from CL1 (3-chlorophenyl boronic acid) following method AW.
Trimethylsilyldiazomethane (2 M hexanes, 2.5 mL, 5.0 mmol) was added to a solution of LDA (freshly prepared from DIPA and nBuLi) in THF at −78° C. After 30 min at −78° C., a solution of aldehyde CL2 (900 mg, 4.13 mmol) in THF (5 mL) was added and the reaction slowly warmed to RT over 3 h. The reaction was quenched with water, then extracted with Et2O (2×100 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (1×), dried over MgSO4, filtered, and evaporated under vacuum. The resulting material was subjected to silica gel chromatography (100% hexanes) to give CL3 (752 mg, 86%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.21-7.65 (m, 8 H), 3.08 (s, 1 H).
A mixture of CL3 (202 mg, 0.95 mmol), aryl bromide (Ar=3,5-pyrimidinyl, 181 mg, 1.14 mmol), Pd(dba)2 (27 mg. 47.5 μmol), PPh3 (25 mg, 95 μmol), CuI (18 mg, 95 μmol) and DIPA (400 μL, 285 μmol) in DMF (2 mL) was degassed for 10 min under a stream of N2, then heated at 100° C. for 30 min in a Smith Synthesizer microwave. The reaction was cooled to RT, filtered and diluted with EtOAc. The organic layer was washed with water (1×), brine (1×), dried over MgSO4, filtered, and evaporated under vacuum. The resulting material was subjected to silica gel chromatography (0→20% EtOAc/hexanes) to give CL4 (R3=3,5-pyrimidinyl, 220 mg, 80%).
A mixture of CL4 (R3=3,5-pyrimidinyl, 210 mg, 0.72 mmol), KMnO4 (297 mg, 1.88 mmol), tetrabutylammonium bromide (TBAB, 55 mg, 0.17 mmol) in AcOH (263 μL) and CH2Cl2 (5 mL) was stirred for 3 h at RT. The reaction mixture was filtered through a plug of silica gel, eluting with MeOH, and the filtrate was concentrated under vacuum. The residue was subjected to preparative thin layer chromatography (5% MeOH/DCM) to give CL5 (R3=3,5-pyrimidinyl, 154 mg, 66%).
Diketone CL5 was converted into CL6 as described in Method CG, step 8. LCMS (CL6, R3=3,5-pyrimidinyl): 378.2 (M+H).
To a round bottom flask were added CM1 (R1=Me, R3=Ph; 500 mg, 1.22 mmol), methanol (20 mL) and 10% Pd/C (200 mg). The mixture was hydrogenated by a hydrogen balloon for 3 hour 40 min at stirring. After filtration, the concentrated residue was purified by Analogix flash column chromatography (EtOAc/Hexane=0%-50%) to produce CM2 (R1=Me, R3=Ph; 443 mg, 92%) as white solid. Observed MW (M+H) 381.2. (400 MHz, CD3OD): δ=9.13 (s, br, 1H), 7.36-7.26 (m, 5H), 7.09 (m, 1H), 6.68-6.57 (m, 3H), 3.13 (s, 3H), 1.49 (s, 9H).
To an Ace pressure tube were added CN1 (R3=phenyl; R1=Me; 100 mg, 0.290 mmol), bis(pinacolato)diboron (81.0 mg, 0.319 mmol), KOAc (85.0 mg, 0.87 mmol), PdCl2(dppf)2—CH2Cl2 (24 mg, 0.029 mmol) and anhydrous DMSO (1.0 mL). The reaction was then heated to 120° C. (oil bath temperature) at stirring for 2 hour 15 min. After cooling down to RT, the reaction were added 3,5-dibromo pyridine (206 mg, 0.87 mmol), anhydrous DMSO (1.0 mL) and 1M aq. K2CO3 (1.45 mL, 1.45 mmol). The reaction was then heated to 120° C. at stirring for 45 min. After cooling down to RT, the reaction was poured to cold water. The aqueous layer was extracted by DCM (3×50 mL) and the combined organic layer was dried over Na2SO4. The concentrated residue was purified first by preparative TLC (7M NH3/MeOH:DCM=1:10) and then preparative HPLC (reverse phase, C-18 column, 0.1% HCOOH/CH3CN: 0.1% HCOOH/H2O=10%-100%) to afford the desired product CN2 (formic acid salt; R3=phenyl; R1=Me; R21=3′-(5-bromopyridyl; 53.5 mg, 40%) as a white solid. Observed MW (M+H) 421.1. (400 MHz, CD3OD): δ=8.83-8.50 (m, br. 2H), 8.21 (s, 1H), 7.65 (m, 2H), 7.50 (m, 2H), 7.37 (m, 5H), 3.22 (s, 3H).
A microwave tube was charged with CO1 (R1=Me, R2═H; R3=cyclopropyl, n=0) (30 mg, 0.097 mmol), PS-Ph3P-Pd (49 mg, 0.12 mmol), and R21SnBu3 (R21=2-pyrazinyl) (43 mg, 0.12 mmol) as a solution in 1 mL of PhCF3. The tube was sealed, and evacuated and back-filled with N2 (5×). The mixture was then exposed to microwave irradiation (110° C., 30 min). The resulting mixture was filtered with copious MeOH washes. Concentration of the filtrate gave a crude product that was subjected to RP-HPLC to give CO2 (R1=Me, R2═H; R3=c-Pr, n=0, R21=2-pyrazinyl) as a formate salt (12 mg, 0.063 mmol, 35%). LCMS Rt=3.58 min, m/e=308.2 (M+H).
Method CP
Using methods similar to those described by I. V. Konovalova et al. (Zhurnal Obshchei Khimii, 50(7), 1653-1654), 1.0 equivalent of phosphorisocyanatidous acid dimethyl ester (CP2), is added to a solution of benzophenone imine (CP1) in toluene and the mixture is warmed to reflux for 4 h. Removal of solvent and purification by flash chromatography provides the title compound (CP3).
To a solution of CP3 in toluene (or xylene) is added Lawesson's reagent (1.2 equivalents), and the mixture is stirred at reflux for 2 h. The mixture is cooled and poured into cold water. The organic phase is dried (MgSO4) and filtered, and solvent is removed. The crude product is purified by flash chromatography to provide the title compound (CP4).
Using a route similar to that described in Method A, step 3, CP4 is used to prepare the title compound (CP5).
As a variant of Method CP, benzophenone imine (CP1) is treated with 1.0 equivalent of phosphorisocyanatidous acid dimethyl ester [(CH3O)2P—N═C═S], giving directly CP4, which is coverted to CP5 as described in Method CP, Step 3.
Using an approach similar to that described by R. Merten et al. [(Chem. Ber., 102, 2143 (1969)], methylisothiocyanate (1.2 equivalents) is added to a solution of dimethyl [1-amino-1-(4-chloro)phenyl]ethylphosphonate (CQ1) in chloroform and the mixture is gradually warmed to reflux. After 2 h at reflux, the mixture is cooled and solvent is removed by evaporation. Purification of the crude product by flash chromatography provides the title compound.
Using a route similar to that described in Method A, step 3, CQ2 is used to prepare the title compound.
Using an approach similar to that described by R. Merten et al. [(Chem. Ber., 102, 2143 (1969)), methylisocyanate (1.2 equivalents) is added to a solution of dimethyl [1-amino-1-(4-bromo)phenyl]ethylphosphonate (CR1) in chloroform and the mixture is gradually warmed to reflux. After 2 h at reflux, the mixture is cooled and solvent is removed by evaporation. Purification of the crude product by flash chromatography provides the title compound (CR2).
To a solution of CR2 in toluene or xylene is added Lawesson's reagent (1.2 equivalents), and the mixture is stirred at reflux for 2 h. The mixture is cooled and poured into cold water. The organic phase is dried (MgSO4) and filtered, and solvent is removed. The crude product is purified by flash chromatography to provide the title compound.
Using a route similar to that described in Method A, step 3, CR3 is used to prepare the title compound.
Using an approach similar to that described by R. Merten et al. [(Chem. Ber., 102, 2143 (1969)), methylisothiocyanate (1.2 equivalents) is added to a solution of dimethyl [1-(4-methoxy)phenylmethylamino-2-(4-bromo)phenyl]ethylphosphonate (CS1) in chloroform and the mixture is gradually warmed to reflux. After 2 h at reflux, the mixture is cooled and solvent is removed by evaporation. Purification of the crude product by flash chromatography provide the title compound.
Using a route similar to that described in Method A, step 3, CS2 is used to prepare the title compound.
A solution of CS3 in methanol is hydrogenated at 1 atm in the presence of 5 mol % Pd/C, yielding the title compound after filtration and purification by flash chromatography.
To a mixture of CT1 in DCM and 0.1 N aqueous sodium bicarbonate (1.0 equivalent) is added thiophosgene (1.5 equivalents), and the mixture is stirred for 4 h at RT. Water is added, and the organic phase is dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated to give the product CT2 which is used without purification.
To a solution of CT2 in acetonitrile is added ethylamine (2 equivalents) and diisopropylethylamine (2 equivalents) and the solution is slowly warmed to reflux for 2 h. After removal of solvent, the product is purified by flash chromatography to give the title product.
Using a route similar to that described in Method A, step 3, CT3 is used to prepare the title compound.
Using an approach similar to that described by R. Merten et al. [(Chem. Ber., 102, 2143 (1969)), methylisothiocyanate (1.2 equivalents) is added to a solution of dimethyl (2-amino-1-phenyl)ethylphosphonate (CU1) in chloroform and the mixture is gradually warmed to reflux. After 2 h at reflux, the mixture is cooled and solvent is removed by evaporation. Purification of the crude product by flash chromatography provides the title compound.
Using a route similar to that described in Method A, step 3, CU2 is used to prepare the title compound.
To a mixture of CV1 in methylene chloride and 0.1 N aqueous sodium bicarbonate (1.0 equivalent) is added thiophosgene (1.5 equivalents), and the mixture is stirred for 4 h at RT. Water is added, and the organic phase is dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated to give the product which is used without purification.
To a solution of CV2 in acetonitrile is added cyclopropylamine (2 equivalents) and diisopropylethylamine (2 equivalents) and the solution is heated at reflux for 2 h. After removal of solvent, the product is purified by flash chromatography to give the title product.
Using a route similar to that described in Method A, step 3, CV3 is used to prepare the title compound.
Reaction of tert-butyl methylcarbamothioylcarbamate with CW1 (R6=Me) using EDCI and DIEA in DMF affords CW2 (R6=Me) after purification.
Following the procedure of Sauer, D. R. et al, Org. Lett., 2004, 6, 2793-2796, Suzuki reaction of CW2 (R6=Me) with aryl boronic acids using polymer-support Pd catalysts such as Fibre Cat or PS—PPh3-Pd under microwave heating conditions provides CW3 (R6=Me and R21=m-CN-Ph) of the invention after subsequent Boc-deprotection.
To a solution of (S)-tert-butyl 4-(furan-2-yl)-1,4-dimethyl-6-oxo-tetrahydropyrimidin-2(1H)-ylidenecarbamate CX1 (R6=Me) (1.12 g, 3.64 mmol, prepared using Method CF) in DCM (7 mL) was added MeCN (7 mL) and H2O (10.5 mL), followed by RuCl3.H2O (7.6 mg, 0.036 mmol, 1 mol %), and NaIO4 (11.6 g, 54.2 mmol, 15 eq). The mixture was stirred at RT for 2 h. The mixture was diluted with DCM (100 mL) and the organic layer was separated, dried (Na2SO4), and concentrated to give 0.90 g (86%) of (S)-2-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-1,4-dimethyl-6-oxo-hexahydropyrimidine-4-carboxylic acid CX2 (R6=Me) as a brown solid. 1H NMR (CD3OD): 3.17 (s, 3H), 3.02 (m, 2H), 1.63 (s, 9H), 1.57 (s, 3H).
To a solution of (S)-2-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-1,4-dimethyl-6-oxo-hexahydropyrimidine-4-carboxylic acid (CX2, R6=Me, 0.035 g, 0.12 mmol) in DMF (0.24 mL) was added TBTU (0.040 mg, 0.12 mmol, 1 eq), HOBt (0.0035 mg, 0.024 mmol, 0.2 eq), and DIEA (0.107 mL, 0.60 mmol, 5 eq). The mixture was stirred at RT for 10 min and then N′-hydroxy-3-(trifluoromethyl)benzamidine (0.028 mg, 0.13 mmol, 1.1 eq) was added. After stirring for another 2 h, the reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc (20 mL), washed with H2O (10 mL) and saturated brine (10 mL), and concentrated in vacuo. The crude residue was dissolved in THF (0.4 mL) and then TBAF (1M in THF, 0.099 mL, 0.9 eq) was added. The mixture was stirred at RT for 2 h. EtOAc (20 mL) was added to the reaction mixture, which was washed with H2O (10 mL) and saturated brine (10 mL), and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was treated with 30% TFA/DCM (1 mL) at RT for 1. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo and the crude product was purified on reverse phase HPLC (B) to give 0.015 g (26%) of (6S)-2-imino-3,6-dimethyl-6-(3-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl)-tetrahydropyrimidin-4(1H)-one (CX3; R6=Me, R7=3-(3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl)) as a white solid. 1H NMR (CD3OD): 8.40 (m, 2H), 8.04 (d, 1H, J=6.9 Hz), 7.90 (t, 1H, J=8.1 Hz), 3.81 (m, 2H), 3.39 (s, 3H), 1.82 (s, 3H). MS (ESI): MH+=354.2, HPLC (A) Rt=6.234 min.
To a solution of (S)-2-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-1,4-dimethyl-6-oxo-hexahydropyrimidine-4-carboxylic acid CX2 (R6=Me) (0.357 g, 1.25 mmol) in 1:5 MeOH/toluene (3 mL) was added TMSCHN2 (2M in hexane, 1.9 mL, 3.8 mmol, 3 eq). The mixture was stirred at RT for 2 h. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo to give 0.37 g (100%) of (S)-methyl 2-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-1,4-dimethyl-6-oxo-hexahydropyrimidine-4-carboxylate as a brown solid. 1H NMR (CDCl3): δ 8.80 (s, 1H), 3.70 (s, 3H), 3.14 (s, 1H), 2.79 (s, 2H), 1.53 (s, 9H), 1.50 (s, 3H).
To a solution of (S)-methyl 2-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-1,4-dimethyl-6-oxo-hexahydropyrimidine-4-carboxylate (0.074 g, 0.25 mmol) in EtOH (0.5 mL) was added NH2NH2 (0.023 mL, 0.75 mmol, 3 eq) and the mixture was stirred at RT for 4 h. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo to give 0.074 g (100%) of (S)-2-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-1,4-dimethyl-6-oxo-hexahydropyrimidine-4-carbohydrazide (CY1, R6=Me) as a yellow solid. 1H NMR (CDCl3) 8.95 (s, 1H), 3.11 (s, 3H), 2.28 (m, 2H), 1.50 (s, 9H), 1.47 (s, 3H).
To a solution of (S)-2-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-1,4-dimethyl-6-oxo-hexahydropyrimidine-4-carbohydrazide (CY1; R6=Me, 0.037 g, 0.12 mmol) in DCM (0.3 mL) at 0° C. was added Et3N (0.035 mL, 0.24 mmol, 2 eq) followed by 3-cyanobenzoyl chloride (0.027 g, 0.16 mmol, 1.3 eq). The mixture was stirred at RT for 6 h. The mixture was diluted with DCM (20 mL), washed with H2O (10 mL) and saturated brine (10 mL), and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was then treated with TsCI (0.035 g, 0.18 mmol, 1.5 eq), Et3N (0.046 mL, 0.31 mmol, 2.6 eq), and DMAP (0.002 g, 0.016 mmol, 0.13 eq) in DCM (0.25 mL) at RT for 16 h. The mixture was diluted with DCM (20 mL), washed with H2O (10 mL) and saturated brine (10 mL), and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was treated with 30% TFA/DCM (1 mL) at RT for 1 h. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo and the residue was purified on reverse phase HPLC (B) to give 0.006 g (12%) of 3-(5-((S)-2-imino-1,4-dimethyl-6-oxo-hexahydropyrimidin-4-yl)-1,3,4-oxadiazol-2-yl)benzonitrile as a white solid (CZ1; R6=Me). 1HNMR (CD3OD, 300 MHz): 8.49 (m, 2H), 8.12 (d, 1H), 7.92 (t, 1H), 3.75 (m, 2H), 3.36 (s, 3H), 1.82 (s, 3H). MS (ESI): MH+=311.2, HPLC (A) Rt=4.175 min.
To a solution of (S)-2-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-1,4-dimethyl-6-oxo-hexahydropyrimidine-4-carbohydrazide (CY1, R6=Me, 0.030 g, 0.10 mmol) in DCM (0.25 mL) was added 3-chlorophenylisocyanate (0.015 mL, 0.20 mmol, 2 eq). The mixture was stirred at RT for 3 h and volatiles were then removed in vacuo. The residue was treated with TsCl (0.020 g, 0.10 mmol, 1 eq), Et3N (0.083 mL, 0.60 mmol, 6 eq), and DMAP (0.002 g, 0.016 mmol, 0.16 eq) in DCM (0.25 mL) at RT for 16 h. The mixture was diluted with DCM (20 mL), washed with H2O (10 mL) and saturated brine (10 mL), and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was treated with 30% TFA/DCM (1 mL) at RT for 1 h. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo and the residue was purified on reverse phase HPLC (B) to give 0.006 g (10%) of (S)-6-(5-(3-chlorophenylamino)-1,3,4-oxadiazol-2-yl)-2-imino-3,6-dimethyl-tetrahydropyrimidin-4(1H)-one (DA1; R6=Me). 1HNMR (CD3OD, 300 MHz): 7.78 (t, 1H), 7.47 (m, 2H), 7.17 (dt, 1H), 3.53 (m, 2H), 3.36 (s, 3H), 1.78 (s, 3H). MS (ESI): MH+=335.3, HPLC (A) Rt=5.710 min.
Following the procedure of Cuccia, S. J.; Fleming, L. B.; France, D. J. Synth. Comm. 2002, 32 (19), 3011-3018: 3-Bromoacetophenone (2.0 g, 10 mmol, 1 eq), was dissolved in 20 mL DCM. A 1.0 N solution of titanium tetrachloride in DCM (20 mL, 20 mmol, 2 eq) was added dropwise over 15 min and the resulting mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 1 h. Bis-trimethylsilylcarbodiimide (5.0 mL, 22 mmol, 2.2 eq) in 5 mL of DCM was added over 15 min and the reaction was stirred for 16 h under argon. The reaction was poured onto 200 mL of an ice/water mixture and extracted with 3×200 mL of DCM. The combined organic phase was dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated to give 2.3 g (100%) of (1-(3-bromophenyl)ethylidene)cyanamide (DB1, R4=Me) as a white solid: 1H NMR (CDCl3) 8.16 (t, J=1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.94 (dd, J=1.7, 1.1 Hz, 1H), 7.76 (dd, J=1.7, 1.1 Hz, 1H), 7.38 (t, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 2.82 (s, 3H).
To a solution of the HCl salt of methylhydroxylamine (0.19 g, 2.2 mmol, 1 eq) in ethanol (25 mL) at 25° C. was added a 21% solution of NaOEt in ethanol (0.75 mL, 2.0 mmol, 0.9 eq) followed by (1-(3-bromophenyl)ethylidene) cyanamide (0.50 g, 2.2 mmol, 1 eq). After stirring at 25° C. for 10 min, the solvent was removed in vacuo. The residue was redissolved in CH2Cl2 (25 mL), the mixture was filtered, and the solvent was removed in vacuo to give 0.5 g (83%) of 5-(3-bromophenyl)-2,5-dimethyl-1,2,4-oxadiazolidin-3-imine (DB2, R1=Me, R4=Me) as a colorless oil: 1H NMR (CDCl3) 7.63 (t, J=1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.52 (dd, J=2.0, 1.1 Hz, 1H), 7.38 (dd, J=2.0, 1.1 Hz, 1H), 7.29 (t, J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 3.28 (s, 3H), 1.88 (s, 3H). MS (ESI) m/e 270.0, 272.0 (M+H)+.
To a solution of 5-(3-bromophenyl)-2,5-dimethyl-1,2,4-oxadiazolidin-3-imine (25 mg, 0.093 mmol) and 3-chlorophenyl boronic acid (17 mg, 0.11 mmol) in ethanol (1 mL) was added a 1 M aqueous solution of K2CO3 (0.22 mL, 0.22 mmol) and PS—PPh3-Pd (46 mg, 0.0046 mmol). The sample was heated in an Emrys Optimizer Microwave at 110° C. for 10 min. The resin was filtered off and rinsed alternately three times with CH2Cl2 (5 mL) and CH3OH (5 mL). The combined filtrates were concentrated and the residue was purified by reverse phase prep-HPLC to give 12.3 mg (44%) of 5-(3-(3′-chlorophenyl)-phenyl)-2,5-dimethyl-1,2,4-oxadiazolidin-3-imine (DB3; R1=Me, R4=Me, R21=3-chlorophenyl) as a colorless oil: 1H NMR (CDCl3) 7.69 (s, 1H), 7.58 (m, 2H), 7.49 (m, 3H), 7.37 (m, 2H), 3.29 (s, 3H), 1.94 (s, 3H). MS (ESI) m/e 302.0, 304.0 (M+H)+.
Using a similar procedure, the following compounds were also prepared.
1H NMR (CDCl3) 7.72 (s, 1H), 7.62 (dt, 1H), 7.49 (m, 2H), 7.38 (t, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.20 (m, 1H), 7.14 (t, 1H), 6.93 (m, 1H), 3.88 (s, 3H), 3.27 (s, 3H), 1.95 (s, 3H). MS m/e 298.1 (M+H)
1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 7.67 (s, 1H), 7.57 (m, 1H), 7.45 (m, 2H), 6.92 (m, 3H), 3.82 (s, 3H), 3.77 (s, 3H), 3.27 (s, 3H), 1.95 (s, 3H). MS m/e 328.1 (M+H)
1H NMR (CDCl3) 7.71 (s, 1H), 7.60 (m, 1H), 7.50 (m, 2H), 7.41 (m, 2H), 7.31 (m, 1H), 7.08 (m, 1H), 3.29 (s, 3H), 1.94 (s, 3H). MS m/e 286.0 (M+H)
1H NMR (CDCl3) 7.70 (s, 1H), 7.59 (m, 1H), 7.55 (m, 1H), 7.50 (m, 2H), 7.46-7.48 (m, 2H), 7.26 (m, 1H), 3.29 (s, 3H), 1.95 (s, 3H). MS m/e 352.1 (M+H)
1H NMR (CD3OD) 9.17 (s, 1H), 8.84 (m, 2H), 8.08 (m, 1H), 7.99 (s, 1H), 7.88 (m, 1H), 7.72 (m, 2H), 3.37 (s, 3H), 2.00 (s, 3H). MS m/e 269.1 (M+H)
1H NMR (CDCl3) 7.66 (s, 1H), 7.54 (m, 1H), 7.52 (m, 2H), 7.47 (m, 2H), 7.38 (m, 1H), 3.30 (s, 3H), 1.94 (s, 3H). MS m/e 336.1 (M+H)
1H NMR (CDCl3) 7.59 (m, 1H), 7.50 (m, 4H), 7.34 (m, 3H), 3.28 (s, 3H), 1.95 (s, 3H). MS m/e 302.1 (M+H)
1H NMR (CDCl3) 7.65 (m, 2H), 7.48-7.54 (m, 4H), 7.22 (m, 1H), 3.30 (s, 3H), 1.94 (s, 3H). MS m/e 320.1 (M+H)
A mixture of 3-bromoacetophenone (10 g, 50 mmol), KCN (8.16 g, 130 mmol, 2.5 eq) and (NH4)2CO3 (21.7 g, 225 mmol, 4.5 eq) in EtOH/H2O (1:1, 110 mL) was heated at 60° C. for 16 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to 0° C. The resulting precipitate was filtered, washed with water, hexane, and then dried to give 12.6 g (93%) of 5-(3-bromophenyl)-5-methylimidazolidine-2,4-dione as an off-white solid (DC1; R6=Me). 1H NMR (CD3OD) 7.64 (s, 1H), 7.45 (t, J=9.7 Hz, 2H), 7.26 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 1.68 (s, 3H).
5-(3-Bromophenyl)-5-methylimidazolidine-2,4-dione (DC1; R6=Me) (1.5 g, 5.6 mmol) was dissolved in 15 mL of 1N KOH, heated to 185° C. in a microwave reactor (Emrys Optimizer) for 2 h. Afterward, the mixture was carefully acidified using conc. HCl to pH ˜2. The mixture was extracted once with Et2O (20 mL). The aqueous layer was concentrated in vacuo to give 1.6 g (100%) of 2-amino-2-(3-bromophenyl)-2-propanoic acid (DC2; R6=Me) as an off white solid. 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ 7.75 (t, J=2.0, 1H), 7.66 (m, 1H), 7.56 (m, 1H), 7.45 (t, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 1.99 (s, 3H).
To a solution of 2-amino-2-(3-bromophenyl)-propanoic acid (DC2; R6=Me) (10.5 g, 43 mmol) in 1N KOH (105 mL) and dioxane (70 mL) at 0° C. was added (Boc)2O (20.6 g, 95 mmol, 2.2 eq). The mixture was stirred at RT for 16 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated to 100 mL. EtOAc (100 mL) was added and the mixture was cooled to 0° C. After acidifying with 2N KHSO4 to pH 2-3, the aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (3×50 mL). The combined EtOAc layer was washed with H2O (2×50 mL), dried (Na2SO4), and concentrated to give 11.7 g (79%) of 2-(3-bromophenyl)-2-(tert-butoxycarbonyl) propanoic acid as a white solid. 1H NMR (CDCl3). 7.61 (s, 1H), 7.41 (m, 2H), 7.24 (m, 1H), 1.98 (s, 3H), 1.44 (s, 9H).
To a solution of 2-(3-bromophenyl)-2-(tert-butoxycarbonyl) propanoic acid (11.3 g, 32.8 mmol) in MeOH (35 mL) was added toluene (175 mL) followed by TMSCHN2 (2M in hexane, 44 mL, 98 mmol, 3 eq). The mixture was stirred at RT for 16 h. Solvents were evaporated and the residue was chromatographed on silica by eluting with EtOAc/hexanes to give 11.8 g (100%) of methyl 2-(3-bromophenyl)-2-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)propanoate as a yellow oil. 1H NMR (CDCl3) 7.59 (t, J=1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.36-7.44 (m, 2H), 7.21 (t, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 5.92 (s, 1H), 3.70 (s, 3H), 1.97 (s, 3H), 1.36 (br s, 9H).
To a solution of methyl 2-(3-bromophenyl)-2-(tert-butoxycarbonyl) propanoate (11.8 g, 33 mmol) in THF (150 mL) at −78° C. was added LAH powder (3.1 g, 82.0 mmol, 2.5 eq). The mixture was stirred at −78° C. and allowed to warm to RT over 16 h. The mixture was cooled to 0° C. and the reaction was quenched by slowly adding 3 mL of H2O. The mixture was diluted with DCM (500 mL) followed by the addition of 1N NaOH (6 mL) and H2O (9 mL). After stirring at 0° C. for 30 min, the mixture was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated to give 10 g (95%) of tert-butyl 2-(3-bromophenyl)-1-hydroxypropan-2-ylcarbamate (DC3; R6=Me) as a colorless oil. 1H NMR (CDCl3) S 7.49 (t, J=1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.35-7.39 (m, 1H), 7.27-7.30 (m, 1H), 7.21 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 3.72 (m, 2H), 1.57 (s, 3H), 1.41 (br s, 9H).
To a solution of SOCl2 (5.7 mL, 2.5 eq) in dry CH3CN (37 mL) under argon was cooled to −40° C. was added tert-butyl 2-(3-bromophenyl)-1-hydroxypropan-2-ylcarbamate (DC3; R4=Me) (10.3 g, 31 mmol) in dry CH3CN (27 mL) was added dropwise, followed by the addition of dry pyridine (12.4 mL, 160 mmol, 5 eq). The mixture was then allowed to warm to RT in 1 h. The mixture was concentrated to about 30 mL. EtOAc (30 mL) was added and the precipitate was filtered off. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to give 10.4 g (89%) of 3-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-4-(3-bromophenyl)-4-methyl-[1,2,3]-oxathiazolidine-2-oxide as a colorless oil. 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 7.64 (t, J=2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.36-7.53 (m, 2H), 7.24 (m, 1H), 4.52 (q, J=9.5 Hz, 2H), 1.86 (s, 3H), 1.42 (br s, 9H).
To a solution of 3-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-4-(3-bromophenyl)-4-methyl-[1,2,3]-oxathiazolidine-2-oxide (10.4 g, 28 mmol) in CH3CN (50 mL) at 0° C. was added RuO4 (0.5% in stabilized aq., 50 mg, 0.1% by weight) in H2O (10 mL) amd NaIO4 (8.9 g, 41.5 mmol, 1.5 eq) in H2O (35 mL). The mixture was stirred at RT for 2 h. The mixture was partitioned between Et2O (200 mL) and H2O (50 mL). The organic layer was separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with Et2O (3×50 mL). The combined organic layer was dried (Na2SO4), and concentrated to give 10.8 g (100%) of 3-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-4-(3-bromophenyl)-4-methyl-[1,2,3]-oxathiazolidine-2,2-dioxide (DC4; R6=Me) as a white solid (˜10.8 g, yield: 100%). 1H NMR (CDCl3) 7.56 (t, J=1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.48-7.52 (m, 1H), 7.38-7.44 (m, 1H), 7.30 (t, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 4.41 (dd, J1=9.3 Hz, J2=20.4 Hz, 2H), 2.01 (s, 3H), 1.39 (s, 9H).
3-(tert-Butoxycarbonyl)-4-(3-bromophenyl)-4-methyl-[1,2,3]-oxathiazolidine-2,2-dioxide (DC4; R6=Me) (10.8 g, 28 mmol) was dissolved in 25% TFA in DCM (40 mL, 5 eq) and the mixture was left standing at RT for 3 h. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo to give 7.3 g (91%) of 4-(3-bromophenyl)-4-methyl-[1,2,3]-oxathiazolidine-2,2-dioxide as a yellow oil. 1H NMR (CDCl3) 7.59 (t, J=1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.48-7.52 (m, 1H), 7.39-7.42 (m, 1H), 7.30 (t, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 4.59 (m, 2H), 1.82 (s, 3H).
To a solution of 4-(3-bromophenyl)-4-methyl[1,2,3]-oxathiazolidine-2,2-dioxide (7.3 g, 25 mmol) in DCM (77 mL) was added allyl iodide (9.1 mL, 100 mmol, 4 eq), followed by BnBu3NCl (0.39 g, 1.3 mmol) and 40% NaOH (28 mL). The mixture was stirred at RT for 16 h. The organic layer was separated and the solvent was evaporated. Silica gel chromatography using 5-20% EtOAc/hexanes gave 8.3 g (100%) of 3-allyl-4-(3-bromophenyl)-4-methyl-[1,2,3]-oxathiazolidine-2,2-dioxide (DC5; R6=Me) as a colorless oil. 1H NMR (CDCl3) 7.64 (t, J=1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.46-7.54 (m, 2H), 7.31 (t, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 5.77-5.89 (m, 1H), 5.19-5.33 (m, 2H), 4.38 (dd, J1=8.7 Hz, J2=23.7 Hz, 2H), 3.46-3.68 (m, 2H), 1.83 (s, 3H).
To a suspension of NaH (60%, 0.14 g, 1.5 eq) in 0.5 mL of anhydrous DMF was added tert-butyl hydroxy(methyl)carbamate (0.52 g, 1.5 eq) in 1.5 mL of DMF. After stirring at RT for 15 min, a solution of 3-allyl-4-(3-bromophenyl)-4-methyl-[1,2,3]-oxathiazolidine-2,2-dioxide (DC5; R6=Me) (0.78 g, 2.3 mmol) in 6 mL of anhydrous DMF was added dropwise. The mixture was stirred at RT for 16 h. The mixture was partitioned between EtOAc (10 mL) and 1N HCl (3 mL). The organic layer was separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (3×5 mL). The combined organic layer was dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated to give 0.45 g (41%) of a product which was used without purification.
To a solution of the above product (3.86 g, 8.1 mmol) in THF (30 mL) was added a pre-stirred (15 min) mixture of Pd2(dba)3 (0.51 g, 0.41 mmol) and 1,4-bis(diphenylphosphio)butane (0.25 g, 0.41 mmol) in THF (5 mL), followed by thiosalicyliacid (2.2 g, 1.2 eq). The mixture was stirred at RT for 16 h. Solvent was evaporated and the residue was chromatographed on silica by eluting with 50% EtOAc/hexanes to give 1.3 g (37%) product as a oil which was dissolved in 4M HCl/dioxane (11 mL) and the mixture was stirred at RT for 2 h. Solvent was evaporated in vacuo and the residue was diluted with CHCl3 (10 mL) followed by treatment with 1N NaOH tol pH˜12. The organic layer was separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with CHCl3(3×10 mL). The combined organic layer was dried (Na2SO4) and concentrated to give 0.56 g (76%) of N-(2-(3-bromophenyl)-2-amino)prop-1-oxy)-methylamine (DC6; R6=Me, R1=Me) as a colorless oil. 1H NMR (CDCl3) 7.74 (t, J=1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.41-7.50 (m, 2H), 7.26 (t, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 3.85 (dd, J1=9.6 Hz, J2=28.8 Hz, 2H), 2.72 (s, 3H), 1.48 (s, 3H).
To a solution of N-(2-(3-bromophenyl)-2-amino)prop-1-oxy)-methylamine (DC6; R6=Me, R1=Me) (0.76 g, 2.9 mmol) in EtOH (10 mL) was added BrCN (0.46 g, 4.4 mmol, 1.5 eq). After stirring at RT for 16 h, the mixture was concentrated. The residue was redissolved in CHCl3 (20 mL) and washed with 2N NaOH (10 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted with CHCl3 (3×10 mL). The combined organic layer was dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated to give 0.82 g (100%) of 5-(3-bromophenyl)-2,5-dimethyl-1,2,4-oxadiazinan-3-imine (DC7; R6=Me, R1=Me) as a light yellow oil. 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 10.59 (s, 1H), 8.12 (br s, 1H), 7.46 (m, 2H), 7.29 (m, 2H), 4.14 (dd, J1=11.5 Hz, J2=57.7 Hz, 2H), 3.39 (s, 3H), 1.69 (s, 3H).
A mixture of 5-(3-bromophenyl)-2,5-dimethyl-1,2,4-oxadiazinan-3-imine (DC7; R6=Me, R1=Me) (0.025 g, 0.088 mmol, 1 eq), 3-cyanophenylboronic acid (0.019 g, 0.13 mmol, 1.5 eq), FibreCat (40 mg), anhydrous ethanol (1.5 mL), and a 1N K2CO3 aqueous solution (0.12 mL, 0.12 mmol, 1.4 eq) in a microwave vial was heated in a microwave reactor (Emrys Optimizer) at 110° C. for 15 min. The mixture was filtered, concentrated and purified by prep HPLC (B) to give 0.012 g (44%) of 5-(3-(3-cyanophenyl)phenyl)-2,5-dimethyl-1,2,4-oxadiazinan-3-imine (DC8; R6=Me, R1=Me, R21=3-cyanophenyl) as a white solid. 1H NMR (CDCl3) 10.67 (s, 1H), 8.05 (br s, 1H), 7.85 (m, 2H), 7.50-7.66 (m, 5H), 7.35 (m, 1H), 4.22 (dd, J1=11.8 Hz, J2=48.6 Hz, 2H), 3.40 (s, 3H), 1.76 (s, 3H). MS m/e 307.3 (M+H)
Using a similar procedure, the following compounds were also prepared:
1H NMR (CDCl3) 10.85 (s, 1H), 9.13 (s, 1H), 8.76 (m, 1H), 8.65 (m, 1H), 7.92 (m, 2H), 7.81 (s, 1H), 7.60 (m, 2H), 7.44 (m, 1H), 4.26 (dd, J1=11.8 Hz, J2=37.4 Hz, 2H), 3.41 (s, 3H), 1.77 (s, 3H). MS m/e 283.2 (M+H)
1H NMR (CDCl3). δ 10.77 (br s, 1H), 10.42 (s, 1H), 9.26 (s, 1H), 9.07 (s, 1H), 7.84 (br s, 1H), 7.57-7.63 (m, 3H), 7.46 (m, 1H), 4.23 (dd, J1=11.5 Hz, J2=45.9 Hz, 2H), 3.41 (s, 3H), 1.77 (s, 3H). MS m/e 284.2 (M+H)
1H NMR (CDCl3) 10.63 (s, 1H), 8.00 (br s, 1H), 7.46-7.55 (m, 5H), 7.31-7.7.40 (m, 3H), 4.20 (dd, J1=11.5 Hz, J2=54.4 Hz, 2H), 3.39 (s, 3H), 1.76 (s, 3H). MS m/e 316.2 (M+H)
1H NMR (CDCl3) 10. 72 (s, 1H), 8.03 (br s, 1H), 7.55 (m, 1H), 7.51 (m, 2H), 7.46 (m, 2H), 7.41 (m, 1H), 7.32-7.34 (dt, J1=1.6 Hz, J2=7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.21-7.23 (m, 1H), 4.21 (dd, J1=11.8 Hz, J2=53.0 Hz, 2H), 3.39 (s, 3H), 1.76 (s, 3H). MS m/e 366.2 (M+H)
1H NMR (CDCl3) 10.61 (s, 1H), 8.07 (br s, 1H), 7.53 (m, 2H), 7.45 (m, 1H), 7.33-7.37 (m, 3H), 7.28-7.32 (m, 1H), 7.17-7.19 (m, 1H), 4.20 (dd, J1=11.8 Hz, J2=58.2 Hz, 2H), 3.38 (s, 3H), 2.42 (s, 3H), 1.76 (s, 3H). MS m/e 296.4 (M+H)
1H NMR (CDCl3) 10.71 (s, 1H), 8.06 (br s, 1H), 7.47 (m, 3H), 7.43 (m, 2H), 7.35 (m, 2H), 4.20 (dd, J1=11.7 Hz, J2=54.9 Hz, 2H), 3.40 (s, 3H), 1.76 (s, 3H). MS m/e 350.2 (M+H)
1H NMR (CDCl3) 10.50 (s, 1H), 7.86 (br s, 1H), 7.77 (dd, J1=2.1 Hz, J2=6.9 Hz, 1H), 7.65 (m, 1H), 7.50 (m, 2H), 7.42 (m, 1H), 7.27 (t, J=5.0 Hz, 2H), 4.20 (dd, J1=12.0 Hz, J2=50.4 Hz, 2H), 3.40 (s, 3H), 1.76 (s, 3H). MS m/e 325.1 (M+H)
1H NMR (CDCl3) 10.53 (s, 1H), 7.94 (br s, 1H), 7.47 (m, 3H), 7.37 (m, 1H), 7.07 (t, J=9.5 Hz, 1H), 6.93 (m, 1H), 6.86 (m, 1H), 4.19 (dd, J1=11.7 Hz, J2=58.5 Hz, 2H), 3.82 (s, 3H), 3.38 (s, 3H), 1.75 (s, 3H). MS m/e 330.1 (M+H)
1H NMR (CDCl3) 10.58 (s, 1H), 7.95 (br s, 1H), 7.26-7.65 (m, 8H), 4.20 (dd, J1=11.5 Hz, J2=54.7 Hz, 2H), 3.38 (s, 3H), 3.14 (s, 3H), 3.02 (s, 3H), 1.75 (s, 3H). MS m/e 353.2 (M+H)
1H NMR (CDCl3) 10.50 (s, 1H), 7.99 (br s, 1H), 7.40-7.50 (m, 3H), 7.29-7.33 (m, 1H), 6.84-6.94 (m, 3H), 4.18 (dd, J1=11.5 Hz, J2=65.4 Hz, 2H), 3.80 (s, 3H), 3.74 (s, 3H), 3.37 (s, 3H), 1.74 (s, 3H). MS m/e 342.2 (M+H)
1H NMR (CDCl3) 9.75 (s, 1H), 7.39-7.54 (m, 3H), 7.21-7.30 (m, 2H), 7.10-7.12 (m, 2H), 6.82-6.84 (m, 1H), 5.83 (br s, 2H), 4.15 (dd, J1=11.5 Hz, J2=35.7 Hz, 2H), 3.36 (s, 3H), 1.74 (s, 3H). MS m/e 298.3 (M+H)
1H NMR (CDCl3) 10.77 (s, 1H), 8.15 (s, 1H), 7.25-7.56 (m, 7H), 7.01-7.08 (m, 1H), 4.20 (dd, J1=11.5 Hz, J2=53.0 Hz, 2H), 3.40 (s, 3H), 1.76 (s, 3H). MS m/e 300.2 (M+H)
1H NMR (CDCl3) 10.67 (s, 1H), 8.01 (br s, 1H), 7.74 (s, 4H), 7.63 (s, 1H), 7.48-7.56 (m, 2H), 7.33-7.35 (m, 1H), 4.23 (dd, J1=11.5 Hz, J2=47.2 Hz, 2H), 3.40 (s, 3H), 1.76 (s, 3H). MS m/e 307.2 (M+H)
1H NMR (CDCl3) 10.55 (s, 1H), 8.74 (d, J=6.0 Hz, 1H), 8.64 (s, 1′-1), 7.83 (br s, 1H), 7.49-7.53 (m, 3H), 7.37-7.42 (m, 2H), 4.20 (dd, J1=11.5 Hz, J2=49.4 Hz, 2H), 4.11 (s, 3H), 3.39 (s, 3H), 1.76 (s, 3H). MS m/e 313.2 (M+H)
To a 10 mL MeOH solution of DD1 (R3═R6═H, R7=Me, 1 g) was added p-methoxybenzaldehyde (1 eq) and 4 A molecular sieves (4 g). The solution was stirred overnight before sodium borohydride (1 eq) was added and reaction stirred for 1 h. The reaction mixture was filted and solvent evaporated. The residue was chromatographed using MeOH/DCM to afford compound DD2 (R3═R6═H, R7=Me).
Procedure similar to Method CF, step 2 was used for generation of DD3 (R1=Me, R3═R6═H, R7=Me,).
Procedure similar to Method CF, step 3 was used for generation of DD4 (R1=Me, R3═R6═H, R7=Me) from DD3
Compound DD4 was hydrogenated using Pd(OH)2/C in Methanol. After removal of the catalyst and solvent the crude product was treated with 20% TFA in DCM to give product DD5 (R1=Me, R3═R6═H, R7=Me) after purification.
2-(4-Chlorophenyl)ethenesulfonyl chloride DE1 is treated with 1.2 equivalents of S-methyl isothiourea hemisulfate and a slight excess of 1N NaOH in acetone. After 12 h at RT the mixture is concentrated in vacuo and the precipitate collected to give the title compound.
Using a method similar to that described by K. Hasegawa and S. Hirooka (Bull. Chem. Soc. Jap., 1972, 45, 1893), N-(2-(4-clorophenyl)ethylene-1-sulfonyl)thiourea DE2 in DMF is treated with 1N NaOH (2.4 equivalents) and dimethyl sulfate (1.2 equivalents) at 0-10° C. After 3 h at RT, the reaction mixture is poured into ice water. The precipitate is collected, washed with water and dried to give the title compound DE3.
Using a method similar to that described by K. Hasegawa and S. Hirooka (Bull. Chem. Soc. Jap., 1972, 45, 1893), 5-(4-chlorophenyl)-3-methylsulfanyl-5,6-dihydro-4H-[1,2,4]thiadiazine 1,1-dioxide DE2 in acetone is treated with 1N NaOH and the mixture is refluxed for 2 h. The acetone is evaporated and the mixture is acidified with conc. HCl to afford the title compound DE3.
Using a method similar to that described by A. Etienne et al. (Bull. Soc. Chim. Fr., 1974, 1395) 5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1,1-dioxo-[1,2,4]thiadiazinan-3-one DE3 is treated with sodium methoxide (1 equivalent) in methanol. Add methyl iodide (1.2 equivalent) in DMF and allow to stir for 12 h. Pour the mixture into ice water and collect the precipitate of the title compound DE4.
To a solution of DE4 in toluene (or xylene) is added Lawesson's reagent (1.2 equivalents), and the mixture is stirred at reflux for 2 h. The mixture is cooled and poured into cold water. The organic phase is dried (MgSO4) and filtered, and solvent is removed. The crude product is purified by flash chromatography to provide the title compound (DE5).
Using a route similar to that described in Method A, step 3, DE5 is used to prepare the title compound (DE6).
As a variant of this method, DE2 is treated with ammonia and the resultant product is treated with sodium hydride and methyl iodide in DMF to give the product DE6
Using a method similar to that described by S. Paik and E. H. White (Tetrahedron, 1996, 52, 5303), 2-cyclohexylsulfamoyl-2-methylpropionic acid ethyl ester DF1 (which is prepared by the method of A. De Blic et al. (Synthesis, 1982, 281)) in ethanol is treated with 1.2 equivalent of 95% hydrazine under N2 and the mixture is allowed to stand at RT for 12 h. The reaction mixture is concentrated to give the title compound DF2 which is used directly in Step 2.
A solution of DF2 in CH2Cl2 is refluxed under a N2 for 10 h. The solvent is removed in vacuo and the crude product is purified by flash chromatography to provide the title compound DF3.
To a solution of DF3 in toluene (or xylene) is added Lawesson's reagent (1.2 equivalents), and the mixture is stirred at reflux for 2 h. The mixture is cooled and poured into cold water. The organic phase is dried (MgSO4) and filtered, and solvent is removed. The crude product is purified by flash chromatography to provide the title compound (DF4).
Using a route similar to that described in Method A, step 3, DF4 is used to prepare the title compound (DF5).
To a stirred solution of the iminopyrimidinone DG1 (R1=Me, W=—(CO)—, R7=Me, R6=4-(m-cyanophenyl)thien-2-yl; 200 mg, 0.47 mmol, 1 equiv) in 1 mL THF at −20° C. in a reaction vial protected with nitrogen was slowly added 1M LiHMDS in THF (1 mL, 1.04 mmol, 2.2 equiv). After 20 min at −20° C., a solution of zinc chloride (142 mg, 1.04 mmol, 2.2 equiv) in THF (0.71 mL) was added. After 30 min at −20° C., the solution was transferred to a mixture of 2-(Dicyclohexylphosphino)-2-(N,N-dimethylamino)biphenyl (DavePhos) (14 mg, 35.3 μmol, 7.5 mol %), Pd2 (dba)3 (22 mg, 23.6 μmol, 5.0 mol %) and Br—R3 (R3=Ph, 50 μL, 0.47 mmol, 1 equiv) in THF (0.5 mL). The reaction mixture was heated to 65° C. overnight, cooled to rt, quenched with saturated aqueous NH4Cl and extracted with EtOAc. The organic phase was washed with aqueous NaHCO3, brine and dried over anhydrous Na2SO4. The crude was purified on a flash column with EtOAc/hexane from 0 to 50% in 25 min. The purified material was treated with 25% TFA in DCM for 30 min. After evaporation of TFA in vacuum, the residue was dissolved in DCM and neutralized with aqueous NaHCO3. The organic phase was washed with brine and dried over anhydrous Na2SO4. Solvent was evaporated in vacuum to give 78 mg (41.3%) of DG2 (R1=Me, W=—(CO)—, R7=Me, R6=4-(m-cyanophenyl)thien-2-yl, R3=Ph) as free base. 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ: 7.74 (m, 1H), 7.70-7.67 (m, 1H), 7.57-7.52 (m, 1H), 7.50-7.44 (m, 1H), 7.37-7.30 (m, 4H), 7.18-7.16 (m, 2H), 6.93 (m, 1H), 4.10 (s, 1H), 3.30 (s, 3H), 1.45 (s, 3H). MS (LCMS): Calcd for C23H21N4OS (M4-H+): 401.14. Found: 401.2.
The following table contains example compounds which were synthesized with procedure(s) similar to methods listed in the corresponding column and whose LCMS data (obs. mass) (M+1) are also listed.
The following compounds with their observed molecular masses (M+1) are listed in the table below.
This assay can be run in either continuous or endpoint format. The substrate used below has been described (Y. Yasuda et al., J. Biochem., 125, 1137 (1999)). Substrate and enzyme are commercially available.
The assay is run in a 30 ul final volume using a 384 well Nunc black plate. 8 concentrations of compound are pre-incubated with enzyme for 30 mins at 37 C followed by addition of substrate with continued incubation at 37 C for 45 mins. The rate of increase in fluorescence is linear for over 1 h and is measured at the end of the incubation period using a Molecular Devices FLEX station plate reader. K is are interpolated from the IC50s using a Km value of 4 μM and the substrate concentration of 2.5 uM.
Reagents
Compound is diluted to 3× final concentration in assay buffer containing 3% DMSO. 10 ul of compound is added to 10 ul of 2.25 nM enzyme (3×) diluted in assay buffer without DMSO, mixed briefly, spun, and incubated at 37 C for 30 mins. 3× substrate (7.5 uM) is prepared in 1× assay buffer without DMSO. 10 ul of substrate is added to each well mixed and spun briefly to initiate the reaction. Assay plates are incubated at 37 C for 45 mins and read on 384 compatible fluorescence plate reader using a 328 nm Ex and 393 nm Em.
Compounds of the present invention exhibit hCathD Ki data ranges from about 0.1 to about 500 nM, preferably about 0.1 to about 100 nM more preferably about 0.1 to about 75 nM.
The following are examples of compounds that exhibit hCathD Ki data under 75 nM.
The following compound
has a hCath D Ki value of 0.45 nM.
A predicted soluble form of human BACE1 (sBACE1, corresponding to amino acids 1-454) was generated from the full length BACE1 cDNA (full length human BACE1 cDNA in pcDNA4/mycHisA construct; University of Toronto) by PCR using the advantage-GC cDNA PCR kit (Clontech, Palo Alto, Calif.). A HindIII/Pmel fragment from pcDNA4-sBACE1myc/His was blunt ended using Klenow and subcloned into the Stu I site of pFASTBACI(A) (Invitrogen). A sBACE1mycHis recombinant bacmid was generated by transposition in DH10Bac cells (GIBCO/BRL). Subsequently, the sBACE1mycHis bacmid construct was transfected into sf9 cells using CellFectin (Invitrogen, San Diego, Calif.) in order to generate recombinant baculovirus. Sf9 cells were grown in SF 900-11 medium (Invitrogen) supplemented with 3% heat inactivated FBS and 0.5× penicillin/streptomycin solution (Invitrogen). Five milliliters of high titer plaque purified sBACEmyc/His virus was used to infect 1 L of logarithmically growing sf9 cells using CeilFectin (Invitrogen, San Diego, Calif.) in order to generate recombinant baculovirus. Sf9 cells were grown in SF 900-11 medium (Invitrogen) supplemented with 3% heat inactivated FBS and 0.5× penicillin/streptomycin solution (Invitrogen). Five milliliters of high titer plaque purified sBACEmyc/His virus was used to infect 1 L of logarithmically growing sf9 cells for 72 hours. Intact cells were pelleted by centrifugation at 3000×g for 15 minutes. The supernatant, containing secreted sBACE1, was collected and diluted 50% v/v with 100 mM HEPES, pH 8.0. The diluted medium was loaded onto a Q-sepharose column. The Q-sepharose column was washed with Buffer A (20 mM HEPES, pH 8.0, 50 mM NaCl).
Proteins, were eluted from the Q-sepharose column with Buffer B (20 mM HEPES, pH 8.0, 500 mM NaCl). The protein peaks from the Q-sepharose column were pooled and loaded onto a Ni-NTA agarose column. The Ni-NTA column was then washed with Buffer C (20 mM HEPES, pH 8.0, 500 mM NaCl). Bound proteins were then eluted with Buffer D (Buffer C+250 mM imidazole). Peak protein fractions as determined by the Bradford Assay (Biorad, CA) were concentrated using a Centricon 30 concentrator (Millipore). sBACE1 purity was estimated to be ˜90% as assessed by SDS-PAGE and Commassie Blue staining. N-terminal sequencing indicated that greater than 90% of the purified sBACE1 contained the prodomain; hence this protein is referred to as sproBACE1.
The inhibitor, 25 nM EuK-biotin labeled APPsw substrate (EuK-KTEEISEVNLDAEFRHDKC-biotin (SEQ ID NO: 1); CIS-Bio International, France), 5 μM unlabeled APPsw peptide (KTEEISEVNLDAEFRHDK (SEQ ID NO: 2); American Peptide Company, Sunnyvale, Calif.), 7 nM sproBACE1, 20 mM PIPES pH 5.0, 0.1% Brij-35 (protein grade, Calbiochem, San Diego, Calif.), and 10% glycerol were preincubated for 30 min at 30° C. Reactions were initiated by addition of substrate in a 5 μaliquot resulting in a total volume of 25 μl. After 3 hr at 30° C. reactions were terminated by addition of an equal volume of 2× stop buffer containing 50 mM Tris-HCl pH 8.0, 0.5 M KF, 0.001% Brij-35, 20 μg/ml SA-XL665 (cross-linked allophycocyanin protein coupled to streptavidin; CIS-Bio International, France) (0.5 μg/well). Plates were shaken briefly and spun at 1200×g for 10 seconds to pellet all liquid to the bottom of the plate before the incubation. HTRF measurements were made on a Packard Discovery® HTRF
and a fixed concentration of enzyme and substrate. Nonlinear regression analysis of this data was performed using GraphPad Prism 3.0 software selecting four parameter logistic equation, that allows for a variable slope. Y=Bottom+(Top-Bottom)/(1+10^((Log EC50-X)*Hill Slope)); X is the logarithm of concentration of I, Y is the percent change in ratio and Y starts at bottom and goes to top with a sigmoid shape.
Compounds of the present invention have an IC50 range from about 0.001 to about 500 μM, preferably about 0.001 to about 100 μM, more preferably about 0.001 to about 20 μM.
Examples of compounds with human BACE 1 IC50<1 μM are listed below:
The following compounds below were named with the CAS name generating program: ACD/Labs Version 6.0; (Advanced Chemistry Development, Inc./110 Yonge Street/14th floor/Toronto, Ontario, Canada M5C 1T4). Examples of compounds with a BACE-1 Ki less than 5 micromolar (uM) are listed below:
Human Renin was cloned from a human kidney cDNA library and C-terminally epitope-tagged with the V5-6His sequence into pcDNA3.1. pCNDA3.1-Renin-V5-6His was stably expressed in HEK293 cells and purified to >80% using standard Ni-Affinity chromatography. The prodomain of the recombinant human renin-V5-6H is was removed by limited proteolysis using immobilized TPCK-trypsin to give mature-human renin. Renin enzymatic activity was monitored using a commercially available fluorescence resonance energy transfer (FRET) peptide substrate, RS-1 (Molecular Probes, Eugene, Oreg.) in 50 mM Tris-HCl pH 8.0, 100 mM NaCl, 0.1% Brij-35 and 5% DMSO buffer for 40 mins at 30 degrees celsius in the presence or absence of different concentrations of test compounds. Mature human Renin was present at approximately 200 nM. Inhibitory activity was defined as the percent decrease in renin induced fluorescence at the end of the 40 min incubation compared to vehicle controls and samples lacking enzyme.
In another embodiment of a compound of formula I having the structural formula
or a stereoisomer, tautomer, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or ester thereof, wherein
W is —C(═O)—;
X is —N(R5)—;
U is a bond;
R1, R2 and R5 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, aryl, heteroaryl, alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, arylalkyl, and heteroarylalkyl;
R3 and R4 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl and arylalkyl;
R15, R16 and R17 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, arylcycloalkyl, arylheterocycloalkyl, R18-alkyl, R18-cycloalkyl, R18-cycloalkylalkyl, R18-heterocycloalkyl, R18-heterocycloalkylalkyl, R18-aryl, R18-arylalkyl, R18-heteroaryl and R18-heteroarylalkyl; or
R18 is 1-5 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, alkenyl, aryl, arylalkyl, arylalkenyl, arylalkynyl, —NO2, halo, heteroaryl, HO-alkyoxyalkyl, —CF3, —CN, alkyl-CN, —C(O)R19, —C(O)OH, —C(O)OR19, —C(O)NHR20, —C(O)NH2, —C(O)NH2—C(O)N(alkyl)2, —C(O)N(alkyl)(aryl), —C(O)N(alkyl)(heteroaryl), —SR19, —S(O)2R20, —S(O)NH2, —S(O)NH(alkyl), —S(O)N(alkyl)(alkyl), —S(O)NH(aryl), —S(O)2NH2, —S(O)2NHR19, —S(O)2NH(heterocycloalkyl), —S(O)2N(alkyl)2, —S(O)2N(alkyl)(aryl), —OCF3, —OH, —OR20, —O-heterocycloalkyl, —O-cycloalkylalkyl, —O-heterocycloalkylalkyl, —NH2, —NHR20, —N(alkyl)2, —N(arylalkyl)2, —N(arylalkyl)-(heteroarylalkyl), —NHC(O)R20, —NHC(O)NH2, —NHC(O)NH(alkyl), —NHC(O)N(alkyl)(alkyl), —N(alkyl)C(O)NH(alkyl), —N(alkyl)C(O)N(alkyl)(alkyl), —NHS(O)2R20, —NHS(O)2NH(alkyl), —NHS(O)2N(alkyl)(alkyl), —N(alkyl)S(O)2NH(alkyl) and —N(alkyl)S(O)2N(alkyl)(alkyl);
or two R18 moieties on adjacent carbons can be linked together to form
R19 is alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl or heteroarylalkyl;
R20 is alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, halo substituted aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl or heteroarylalkyl;
and wherein each of the alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, arylalkyl, and heteroarylalkyl groups in R1, R2, R3, R4, and R5 are independently unsubstituted or substituted by 1 to 5 R21 groups independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkenyl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, halo, —CN, —OR15, —C(O)R15, —C(O)OR15, —C(O)N(R15)(R16), —SR15, —S(O)N(R15)(R16), —CH(R15)(R16), —S(O)2N(R15)(R16), —C(═NOR15)R16, —P(O)(OR15)(OR16), —N(R15)(R16), -alkyl-N(R15)(R16), —N(R15)C(O)R16, —CH2—N(R15)C(O)R16, —CH2—N(R15)C(O)N(R16)(R17), —CH2—R15; —CH2N(R15)(R16), —N(R15)S(O)R16, —N(R15)S(O)2R16, —CH2—N(R15)S(O)2R18, —N(R15)S(O)2N(R16)(R17), —N(R15)S(O)N(R16)(R17), —N(R15)C(O)N(R16)(R17), —CH2—N(R15)C(O)N(R16)(R17), —N(R15)C(O)OR16, —CH2—N(R15)C(O)OR16, —S(O)R15, ═NOR15, —N3, —NO2 and —S(O)2R15; and wherein each of the alkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, alkenyl and alkynyl groups in R21 are independently unsubstituted or substituted by 1 to 5 R22 groups independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, halo, —CF3, —CN, —OR15, —C(O)R15, —C(O)OR15, -alkyl-C(O)OR15, C(O)N(R15)(R16), —SR15, —S(O)N(R15)(R16), —S(O)2N(R15)(R16), —C(═NOR15)R16, —P(O)(OR15)(OR16), —N(R15)(R16), -alkyl-N(R15)(R16), —N(R15)C(O)R16, —CH2—N(R15)C(O)R16, —N(R15)S(O)R16, —N(R15)S(O)2R16, —CH2—N(R15)S(O)2R16, —N(R15)S(O)2N(R16)(R17), —N(R15)S(O)N(R16)(R17), —N(R15)C(O)N(R16)(R17), —CH2—N(R15)C(O)N(R16)(R17), —N(R15)C(O)OR16, —CH2—N(R15)C(O)OR16, —N3, ═NOR15, —NO2, —S(O)R15 and —S(O)2R15;
or two R21 or two R22 moieties on adjacent carbons can be linked together to form
and when R21 or R22 are selected from the group consisting of —C(═NOR15)R16, —N(R15)C(O)R16, —CH2—N(R15)C(O)R16, —N(R15)S(O)R16, —N(R15)S(O)2R16, —CH2—N(R15)S(O)2R16, —N(R15)S(O)2N(R16)(R17), —N(R15)S(O)N(R16)(R17), —N(R15)C(O)N(R16)(R17), —CH2—N(R15)C(O)N(R16)(R17), —N(R15)C(O)OR16 and —CH2—N(R15)C(O)OR16, R15 and R16 together can be a C2 to C4 chain wherein, optionally, one, two or three ring carbons can be replaced by —C(O)— or —N(H)— and R15 and R16, together with the atoms to which they are attached, form a 5 to 7 membered ring, optionally substituted by R23;
R23 is 1 to 5 groups independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkenyl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, halo, —CN, —OR24, —C(O)R24, —C(O)OR24, —C(O)N(R24)(R25), —SR24, —S(O)N(R24)(R25), —S(O)2N(R24)(R25), —C(═NOR24)R25, —P(O)(OR24)(OR25), —N(R24)(R25), -alkyl-N(R24)(R25), —N(R24)C(O)R25, —CH2—N(R24)C(O)R25, —N(R24)S(O)R25, —N(R24)S(O)2R25, —CH2—N(R24)S(O)2R25, —N(R24)S(O)2N(R25)(R26), —N(R24)S(O)N(R25)(R26), —N(R24)C(O)N(R25)(R26), —CH2—N(R24)C(O)N(R25)(R26), —N(R24)C(O)OR25, —CH2—N(R24)C(O)OR25, —S(O)R24 and —S(O)2R24; and wherein each of the alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, alkenyl and alkynyl groups in R23 are independently unsubstituted or substituted by 1 to 5 R27 groups independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, halo, —CF3, —CN, —OR24, —C(O)R24, —C(O)OR24, alkyl-C(O)OR24, C(O)N(R24)(R25), —SR24, —S(O)N(R24)(R25), —S(O)2N(R24)(R25), —C(═NOR24)R25, —P(O)(OR24)(OR25), —N(R24)(R25), -alkyl-N(R24)(R25), —N(R24)C(O)R25, —CH2—N(R24)C(O)R25, —N(R24)S(O)R25, —N(R24)S(O)2R25, —CH2—N(R24)S(O)2R25, —N(R24)S(O)2N(R25)(R26), —N(R24)S(O)N(R25)(R26), —N(R24)C(O)N(R25)(R26), —CH2—N(R24)C(O)N(R25)(R26), —N(R24)C(O)OR25, —CH2—N(R24)C(O)OR25, —S(O)R24 and —S(O)2R24;
R24, R25 and R26 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, arylcycloalkyl, R27-alkyl, R27-cycloalkyl, R27-cycloalkylalkyl, R27-heterocycloalkyl, R27-heterocycloalkylalkyl, R27-aryl, R27-arylalkyl, R27-heteroaryl and R27-heteroarylalkyl;
R27 is 1-5 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, —NO2, halo, —CF3, —CN, alkyl-CN, —C(O)R28, —C(O)OH, —C(O)OR28, —C(O)NHR29, —C(O)N(alkyl)2, —C(O)N(alkyl)(aryl), —C(O)N(alkyl)(heteroaryl), —SR28, —S(O)2R29, —S(O)NH2, —S(O)NH(alkyl), —S(O)N(alkyl)(alkyl), —S(O)NH(aryl), —S(O)2NH2, —S(O)2NHR28, —S(O)2NH(aryl), —S(O)2NH(heterocycloalkyl), —S(O)2N(alkyl)2, —S(O)2N(alkyl)(aryl), —OH, —OR29, —O-heterocycloalkyl, —O-cycloalkylalkyl, —O-heterocycloalkylalkyl, —NH2, —NHR29, —N(alkyl)2, —N(arylalkyl)2, —N(arylalkyl)(heteroarylalkyl), —NHC(O)R29, —NHC(O)NH2, —NHC(O)NH(alkyl), —NHC(O)N(alkyl)(alkyl), —N(alkyl)C(O)NH(alkyl), —N(alkyl)C(O)N(alkyl)(alkyl), —NHS(O)2R29, —NHS(O)2NH(alkyl), —NHS(O)2N(alkyl)(alkyl), —N(alkyl)S(O)2NH(alkyl) and —N(alkyl)S(O)2N(alkyl)(alkyl);
R28 is alkyl, cycloalkyl, arylalkyl or heteroarylalkyl; and
R29 is alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl or heteroarylalkyl;
provided that when R1 is methyl, X is —N(R5)—, R2 is H, W is —C(O)— and U is a bond, (R3, R4) is not (H, H), (benzyl, H) or (i-butyl, H).
In another embodiment of a compound of formula I having the structural formula
or a stereoisomer, tautomer, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or ester thereof, wherein
W is —C(═O)—;
X is —N(R5)—;
U is a bond;
R1, R2 and R5 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, aryl, heteroaryl, alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, arylalkyl, and heteroarylalkyl;
R3 is independently selected from the group consisting of aryl and heteroaryl;
R4 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, aryl, heteroaryl, alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl and arylalkyl;
R15, R16 and R17 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, arylcycloalkyl, arylheterocycloalkyl, R18-alkyl, R18-cycloalkyl, R18-cycloalkylalkyl, R18-heterocycloalkyl, R18-heterocycloalkylalkyl, R18-aryl, R18-arylalkyl, R18-heteroaryl and R18-heteroarylalkyl; or
R18 is 1-5 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, alkenyl, aryl, arylalkyl, arylalkenyl, arylalkynyl, —NO2, halo, heteroaryl, HO-alkyoxyalkyl, —CF3, —CN, alkyl-CN, —C(O)R19, —C(O)OH, —C(O)OR19, —C(O)NHR20, —C(O)NH2, —C(O)NH2—C(O)N(alkyl)2, —C(O)N(alkyl)(aryl), —C(O)N(alkyl)(heteroaryl), —SR19, —S(O)2R20, —S(O)NH2, —S(O)NH(alkyl), —S(O)N(alkyl)(alkyl), —S(O)NH(aryl), —S(O)2NH2, —S(O)2NHR19, —S(O)2NH(heterocycloalkyl), —S(O)2N(alkyl)2, —S(O)2N(alkyl)(aryl), —OCF3, —OH, —OR20, —O-heterocycloalkyl, —O-cycloalkylalkyl, —O-heterocycloalkylalkyl, —NH2, —NHR20, —N(alkyl)2, —N(arylalkyl)2, —N(arylalkyl)-(heteroarylalkyl), —NHC(O)R20, —NHC(O)NH2, —NHC(O)NH(alkyl), —NHC(O)N(alkyl)(alkyl), —N(alkyl)C(O)NH(alkyl), —N(alkyl)C(O)N(alkyl)(alkyl), —NHS(O)2R20, —NHS(O)2NH(alkyl), —NHS(O)2N(alkyl)(alkyl), —N(alkyl)S(O)2NH(alkyl) and —N(alkyl)S(O)2N(alkyl)(alkyl);
or two R18 moieties on adjacent carbons can be linked together to form
R19 is alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl or heteroarylalkyl;
R20 is alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, halo substituted aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl or heteroarylalkyl;
and wherein each of the alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl groups in R1, R2, R3, R4 and R5 are independently unsubstituted or substituted by 1 to 5 R21 groups independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkenyl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, halo, —CN, —OR15, —C(O)R15, —C(O)OR15, —C(O)N(R15)(R16), —SR15, —S(O)N(R15)(R16), —CH(R15)(R16), —S(O)2N(R15)(R16), —C(═NOR15)R16, P(O)(OR16)(OR16), —N(R16)(R16), -alkyl-N(R15)(R16), —N(R15)C(O)R18, —CH2—N(R15)C(O)R16, —CH2—N(R15)C(O)N(R16)(R17), —CH2—R15; —CH2N(R15)(R16), —N(R15)S(O)R16, —N(R15)S(O)2R16, —CH2—N(R15)S(O)2R16, —N(R15)S(O)2N(R16)(R17), —N(R15)S(O)N(R16)(R17), —N(R15)C(O)N(R16)(R17), —CH2—N(R15)C(O)N(R16)(R17), —N(R15)C(O)OR16, —CH2—N(R15)C(O)OR16, —S(O)R15, ═NOR15, —N3, —NO2 and —S(O)2R15; and wherein each of the alkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, alkenyl and alkynyl groups in R21 are independently unsubstituted or substituted by 1 to 5 R22 groups independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, halo, —CF3, —CN, —OR15, —C(O)R15, —C(O)OR15, -alkyl-C(O)OR15, C(O)N(R15)(R16), —SR15, —S(O)N(R15)(R16), —S(O)2N(R15)(R16), —C(═NOR15)R16, —P(O)(OR15)(OR16), —N(R15)(R16), -alkyl-N(R15)(R16), —N(R15)C(O)R16, —CH2—N(R15)C(O)R16, —N(R15)S(O)R16, —N(R15)S(O)2R16, —CH2—N(R15)S(O)2R16, —N(R15)S(O)2N(R16)(R17), —N(R15)S(O)N(R16)(R17), —N(R15)C(O)N(R16)(R17), —CH2—N(R15)C(O)N(R16)(R17), —N(R15)C(O)OR16, —CH2—N(R15)C(O)OR16, —N3, ═NOR15, —NO2, —S(O)R15 and —S(O)2R15;
or two R21 or two R22 moieties on adjacent carbons can be linked together to form
and when R21 or R22 are selected from the group consisting of —C(═NOR15)R16, —N(R15)C(O)R16, —CH2—N(R15)C(O)R16, —N(R15)S(O)R16, —N(R15)S(O)2R16, —CH2—N(R15)S(O)2R16, —N(R15)S(O)2N(R16)(R17), —N(R15)S(O)N(R16)(R17), —N(R15)C(O)N(R16)(R17), —CH2—N(R15)C(O)N(R16)(R17), —N(R15)C(O)OR16 and —CH2—N(R15)C(O)OR16, R15 and R16 together can be a C2 to C4 chain wherein, optionally, one, two or three ring carbons can be replaced by —C(O)— or —N(H)— and R15 and R16, together with the atoms to which they are attached, form a 5 to 7 membered ring, optionally substituted by R23;
R23 is 1 to 5 groups independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkenyl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, halo, —CN, —OR24, —C(O)R24, —C(O)OR24, —C(O)N(R24)(R25), —SR24, —S(O)N(R24)(R25), S(O)2N(R24)(R25), —C(═NOR24)R25, —P(O)(OR24)(OR25), —N(R24)(R25), -alkyl-N(R24)(R25), —N(R24)C(O)R25, —CH2—N(R24)C(O)R25, —N(R24)S(O)R25, —N(R24)S(O)2R25, —CH2—N(R24)S(O)2R25, —N(R24)S(O)2N(R25)(R26), —N(R24)S(O)N(R25)(R26), —N(R24)C(O)N(R25)(R26), —CH2—N(R24)C(O)N(R25)(R26), —N(R24)C(O)OR25, —CH2—N(R24)C(O)OR25, —S(O)R24 and —S(O)2R24; and wherein each of the alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, alkenyl and alkynyl groups in R23 are independently unsubstituted or substituted by 1 to 5 R27 groups independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, halo, —CF3, —CN, —OR24, —C(O)R24, —C(O)OR24, alkyl-C(O)OR24, C(O)N(R24)(R25), —SR24, —S(O)N(R24)(R25), —S(O)2N(R24)(R25), —C(═NOR24)R25, —P(O)(OR24)(OR25), —N(R24)(R25), -alkyl-N(R24)(R25), —N(R24)C(O)R25, —CH2—N(R24)C(O)R25, —N(R24)S(O)R25, —N(R24)S(O)2R25, —CH2—N(R24)S(O)2R25, —N(R24)S(O)2N(R25)(R26), —N(R24)S(O)N(R25)(R26), —N(R24)c(O)N(R25)(R26), —CH2—N(R24)C(O)N(R25)(R26), —N(R24)C(O)OR25, —CH2—N(R24)C(O)OR25, —S(O)R24 and —S(O)2R24;
R24, R25 and R26 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, arylcycloalkyl, R27-alkyl, R27-cycloalkyl, R27-cycloalkylalkyl, R27-heterocycloalkyl, R27-heterocycloalkylalkyl, R27-aryl, R27-arylalkyl, R27-heteroaryl and R27-heteroarylalkyl;
R27 is 1-5 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, —NO2, halo, —CF3, —CN, alkyl-CN, —C(O)R28, —C(O)OH, —C(O)OR28, —C(O)NHR29, —C(O)N(alkyl)2, —C(O)N(alkyl)(aryl), —C(O)N(alkyl)(heteroaryl), —S(O)2R29, —S(O)NH2, —S(O)NH(alkyl), —S(O)N(alkyl)(alkyl), —S(O)NH(aryl), —S(O)2NH2, —S(O)2NHR28, —S(O)2NH(aryl), —S(O)2NH(heterocycloalkyl), —S(O)2N(alkyl)2, —S(O)2N(alkyl)(aryl), —OH, —OR29, —O-heterocycloalkyl, —O-cycloalkylalkyl, —O-heterocycloalkylalkyl, —NH2, —NHR29, —N(alkyl)2, —N(arylalkyl)2, —N(arylalkyl)(heteroarylalkyl), —NHC(O)R29, —NHC(O)NH2, —NHC(O)NH(alkyl), —NHC(O)N(alkyl)(alkyl), —N(alkyl)C(O)NH(alkyl), —N(alkyl)C(O)N(alkyl)(alkyl), —NHS(O)2R29, —NHS(O)2NH(alkyl), —NHS(O)2N(alkyl)(alkyl), —N(alkyl)S(O)2NH(alkyl) and —N(alkyl)S(O)2N(alkyl)(alkyl);
R28 is alkyl, cycloalkyl, arylalkyl or heteroarylalkyl; and
R29 is alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl or heteroarylalkyl;
provided that when R1 is methyl, X is —N(R5)—, R2 is H, W is —C(O)— and U is a bond, (R3, R4) is not (phenyl, phenyl), (H, phenyl), (benzyl, phenyl), (i-butyl, phenyl), (OH-phenyl, phenyl), (halo-phenyl, phenyl), or (CH3O-phenyl, NO2-phenyl);
provided that when X is —N(R5)—, R1 and R5 are each H, W is —C(O)— and U is a bond, (R3, R4) is not (optionally substituted phenyl, optionally substituted benzyl), (optionally substituted phenyl, heteroarylalkyl) or (heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl).
In another embodiment of a compound of formula I having the structural formula
or a stereoisomer, tautomer, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or ester thereof, wherein
W is —C(═O)—;
X is —N(R5)—;
U is a —(C(R6)(R7))—;
R1, R2 and R5 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, aryl, heteroaryl, alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, arylalkyl, and heteroarylalkyl;
R3 and R4 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, aryl, heteroaryl, alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, arylalkyl, —SH, —SR19, —CN, —OR9, —N(R11)(R12) and halo;
R6 and R7 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, aryl, heteroaryl, alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl and arylalkyl;
R8 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkenyl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, —OR15, —N(R15)(R16), —N(R15)C(O)R16, —N(R15)S(O)R16, —N(R15)S(O)2R16, —N(R15)S(O)2N(R16)(R17), —N(R15)S(O)N(R16)(R17), —N(R15)C(O)N(R16)(R17) and —N(R15)C(O)OR16;
R9 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl and heteroarylalkyl;
R10 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkenyl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl and —N(R15)(R16);
R11 and R12 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, —C(O)R8, —C(O)OR9, —S(O)R10, —S(O)2R10, —C(O)N(R15)(R16), —S(O)N(R15)(R16), —S(O)2N(R15)(R16) and —CN;
R15, R16 and R17 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, arylcycloalkyl, arylheterocycloalkyl, R18-alkyl, R18-cycloalkyl, R18-cycloalkylalkyl, R18-heterocycloalkyl, R18-heterocycloalkylalkyl, R18-aryl, R18-arylalkyl, R18-heteroaryl and R18-heteroarylalkyl; or
R18 is 1-5 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, alkenyl, aryl, arylalkyl, arylalkenyl, arylalkynyl, —NO2, halo, heteroaryl, HO-alkyoxyalkyl, —CF3, —CN, alkyl-CN, —C(O)R19, —C(O)OH, —C(O)OR19, —C(O)NHR20, —C(O)NH2, —C(O)NH2—C(O)N(alkyl)2, —C(O)N(alkyl)(aryl), —C(O)N(alkyl)(heteroaryl), —SR19, —S(O)2R20, —S(O)NH2, —S(O)NH(alkyl), —S(O)N(alkyl)(alkyl), —S(O)NH(aryl), —S(O)2NH2, —S(O)2NHR19, —S(O)2NH(heterocycloalkyl), —S(O)2N(alkyl)2, —S(O)2N(alkyl)(aryl), —OCF3, —OH, —OR23, —O-heterocycloalkyl, —O-cycloalkylalkyl, —O-heterocycloalkylalkyl, —NH2, —NHR20, —N(alkyl)2, —N(arylalkyl)2, —N(arylalkyl)-(heteroarylalkyl), —NHC(O)R20, —NHC(O)NH2, —NHC(O)NH(alkyl), —NHC(O)N(alkyl)(alkyl), —N(alkyl)C(O)NH(alkyl), —N(alkyl)C(O)N(alkyl)(alkyl), —NHS(O)2R20, —NHS(O)2NH(alkyl), —NHS(O)2N(alkyl)(alkyl), —N(alkyl)S(O)2NH(alkyl) and —N(alkyl)S(O)2N(alkyl)(alkyl);
or two R18 moieties on adjacent carbons can be linked together to form
R19 is alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl or heteroarylalkyl;
R20 is alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, halo substituted aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl or heteroarylalkyl;
and wherein each of the alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, arylalkyl, and heteroarylalkyl groups in R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6 and R7 are independently unsubstituted or substituted by 1 to 5 R21 groups independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkenyl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, halo, —CN, —OR15, —C(O)R15, —C(O)OR15, —C(O)N(R15)(R16), —SR15, —S(O)N(R15)(R16), —CH(R15)(R16), —S(O)2N(R15)(R16), —C(═NOR15)R16, —P(O)(OR15)(OR16), —N(R15)(R16), -alkyl-N(R15)(R16), —N(R15)C(O)R16, —CH2—N(R15)C(O)R16, —CH2—N(R15)C(O)N(R16)(R17), —CH2—R15; —CH2N(R15)(R16), —N(R15)S(O)R16, —N(R15)S(O)2R16, —CH2—N(R15)S(O)2R16, —N(R15)S(O)2N(R16)(R17), —N(R15)S(O)N(R16)(R17), —N(R15)C(O)N(R16)(R17), —CH2—N(R15)C(O)N(R16)(R17), —N(R15)C(O)OR16, —CH2—N(R15)C(O)OR16, —S(O)R15, ═NOR15, —N3, —NO2 and —S(O)2R15; and wherein each of the alkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, alkenyl and alkynyl groups in R21 are independently unsubstituted or substituted by 1 to 5 R22 groups independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, halo, —CF3, —CN, —OR15, —C(O)R15, —C(O)OR15, -alkyl-C(O)OR15, C(O)N(R15)(R16), —SR15, —S(O)N(R15)(R16), —S(O)2N(R15)(R16), —C(═NOR15)R16, —P(O)(OR15)(OR16), —N(R15)(R16), -alkyl-N(R15)(R16), —N(R15)C(O)R16, —CH2—N(R15)C(O)R16, —N(R15)S(O)R16, —N(R15)S(O)2R16, —CH2—N(R15)S(O)2R16, —N(R15)S(O)2N(R16)(R17), —N(R15)S(O)N(R16)(R17), —N(R15)C(O)N(R16)(R17), —CH2—N(R15)C(O)N(R16)(R17), —N(R15)C(O)OR16, —CH2—N(R15)C(O)OR16, —N3, ═NOR15, —NO2, —S(O)R15 and —S(O)2R15;
or two R21 or two R22 moieties on adjacent carbons can be linked together to form
and when R21 or R22 are selected from the group consisting of —C(═NOR15)R16, —N(R15)C(O)R16, —CH2—N(R15)C(O)R16, —N(R15)S(O)R16, —N(R15)S(O)2R16, —CH2—N(R15)S(O)2R16, —N(R15)S(O)2N(R16)(R17), —N(R15)S(O)N(R16)(R17), —N(R15)C(O)N(R16)(R17), —CH2—N(R15)C(O)N(R16)(R17), —N(R15)C(O)OR16 and —CH2—N(R15)C(O)OR16, R15 and R16 together can be a C2 to C4 chain wherein, optionally, one, two or three ring carbons can be replaced by —C(O)— or —N(H)— and R15 and R16, together with the atoms to which they are attached, form a 5 to 7 membered ring, optionally substituted by R23;
R23 is 1 to 5 groups independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkenyl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, halo, —CN, —OR24, —C(O)R24, —C(O)OR24, —C(O)N(R24)(R25), —SR24, —S(O)N(R24)(R25), —S(O)2N(R24)(R25), —C(═NOR24)R25, —P(O)(OR24)(OR25), —N(R24)(R25), -alkyl-N(R24)(R25), —N(R24)C(O)R25, —CH2—N(R24)C(O)R25, —N(R24)S(O)R25, —N(R24)S(O)2R25, —CH2—N(R24)S(O)2R25, —N(R24)S(O)2N(R25)(R26), —N(R24)S(O)N(R25)(R26), —N(R24)C(O)N(R25)(R26), —CH2—N(R24)C(O)N(R25)(R26), —N(R24)C(O)OR25, —CH2—N(R24)C(O)OR25, —S(O)R24 and —S(O)2R24; and wherein each of the alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, alkenyl and alkynyl groups in R23 are independently unsubstituted or substituted by 1 to 5 R27 groups independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, halo, —CF3, —CN, —OR24, —C(O)R24, —C(O)OR24, alkyl-C(O)OR24, C(O)N(R24)(R25), —SR24, —S(O)N(R24)(R25), —S(O)2N(R24)(R25), —C(═NOR24)R25, —P(O)(OR24)(OR25), —N(R24)(R25), -alkyl-N(R24)(R25), —N(R24)C(O)R25, —CH2—N(R24)C(O)R25, —N(R24)S(O)R25, —N(R24)S(O)2R25, —CH2—N(R24)S(O)2R25, —N(R24)S(O)2N(R25)(R26), —N(R24)S(O)N(R25)(R26), —N(R24)C(O)N(R25)(R26), —CH2—N24)C(O)N(R25)(R26), —N(R24)C(O)OR25, —CH2—N(R24)C(O)OR25, —S(O)R24 and —S(O)2R24;
R24, R25 and R26 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, arylcycloalkyl, R27-alkyl, R27-cycloalkyl, R27-cycloalkylalkyl, R27-heterocycloalkyl, R27-heterocycloalkylalkyl, R27-aryl, R27-arylalkyl, R27-heteroaryl and R27-heteroarylalkyl;
R27 is 1-5 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, —NO2, halo, —CF3, —CN, alkyl-CN, —C(O)R28, —C(O)OH, —C(O)OR28, —C(O)NHR29, —C(O)N(alkyl)2, —C(O)N(alkyl)(aryl), —C(O)N(alkyl)(heteroaryl), —SR28, —S(O)2R29, —S(O)NH2, —S(O)NH(alkyl), —S(O)N(alkyl)(alkyl), —S(O)NH(aryl), —S(O)2NH2, —S(O)2NHR28, —S(O)2NH(aryl), —S(O)2NH(heterocycloalkyl), —S(O)2N(alkyl)2, —S(O)2N(alkyl)(aryl), —OH, —OR26, —O-heterocycloalkyl, —O-cycloalkylalkyl, —O-heterocycloalkylalkyl, —NH2, —NHR29, —N(alkyl)2, —N(arylalkyl)2, —N(arylalkyl)(heteroarylalkyl), —NHC(O)R29, —NHC(O)NH2, —NHC(O)NH(alkyl), —NHC(O)N(alkyl)(alkyl), —N(alkyl)C(O)NH(alkyl), —N(alkyl)C(O)N(alkyl)(alkyl), —NHS(O)2R29, —NHS(O)2NH(alkyl), —NHS(O)2N(alkyl)(alkyl), —N(alkyl)S(O)2NH(alkyl) and —N(alkyl)S(O)2N(alkyl)(alkyl);
R28 is alkyl, cycloalkyl, arylalkyl or heteroarylalkyl; and
R29 is alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl or heteroarylalkyl.
In another embodiment of a compound of formula I having the structural formula
or a stereoisomer, tautomer, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or ester thereof, wherein
W is —O—;
X is —N(R5)—;
U is a —(C(R6)(R7))—;
R1, R2 and R5 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, aryl, heteroaryl, alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, arylalkyl, and heteroarylalkyl;
R3 and R4 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, aryl, heteroaryl, alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, arylalkyl and —CN;
R6 and R7 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, aryl, heteroaryl, alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, heteroaryalkyl and arylalkyl;
R8 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkenyl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, —OR15, —N(R15)(R16); —N(R15)C(O)R16, —N(R15)S(O)R16, —N(R15)S(O)2R16, —N(R15)S(O)2N(R16)(R17), —N(R15)S(O)N(R16)(R17), —N(R15)C(O)N(R16)(R17) and —N(R15)C(O)OR16;
R10 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkenyl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl and —N(R15)(R16);
R15, R16 and R17 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, arylcycloalkyl, arylheterocycloalkyl, R18-alkyl, R18-cycloalkyl, R18-cycloalkylalkyl, R18-heterocycloalkyl, R18-heterocycloalkylalkyl, R18-aryl, R18-arylalkyl, R18-heteroaryl and R18-heteroarylalkyl; or
R18 is 1-5 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, alkenyl, aryl, arylalkyl, arylalkenyl, arylalkynyl, —NO2, halo, heteroaryl, HO-alkyoxyalkyl, —CF3, —CN, alkyl-CN, —C(O)R19, —C(O)OH, —C(O)OR19, —C(O)NHR20, —C(O)NH2, —C(O)NH2—C(O)N(alkyl)2, —C(O)N(alkyl)(aryl), —C(O)N(alkyl)(heteroaryl), —SR19, —S(O)2R20, —S(O)NH2, —S(O)NH(alkyl), —S(O)N(alkyl)(alkyl), —S(O)NH(aryl), —S(O)2NH2, —S(O)2NHR19, —S(O)2NH(heterocycloalkyl), —S(O)2N(alkyl)2, —S(O)2N(alkyl)(aryl), —OCF3, —OH, —OR29, —O-heterocycloalkyl, —O-cycloalkylalkyl, —O-heterocycloalkylalkyl, —NH2, —NHR20, —N(alkyl)2, —N(arylalkyl)2, —N(arylalkyl)-(heteroarylalkyl), —NHC(O)R20, —NHC(O)NH2, —NHC(O)NH(alkyl), —NHC(O)N(alkyl)(alkyl), —N(alkyl)C(O)NH(alkyl), —N(alkyl)C(O)N(alkyl)(alkyl), —NHS(O)2R20, —NHS(O)2NH(alkyl), —NHS(O)2N(alkyl)(alkyl), —N(alkyl)S(O)2NH(alkyl) and —N(alkyl)S(O)2N(alkyl)(alkyl);
or two R18 moieties on adjacent carbons can be linked together to form
R19 is alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl or heteroarylalkyl;
R20 is alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, halo substituted aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl or heteroarylalkyl;
and wherein each of the alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, arylalkyl, and heteroarylalkyl groups in R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6 and R7 are independently unsubstituted or substituted by 1 to 5 R21 groups independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkenyl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, halo, —CN, —OR15, —C(O)R15, —C(O)OR15, —C(O)N(R15)(R16), —SR15, —S(O)N(R15)(R16), —CH(R15)(R16), —S(O)2N(R15)(R16), —C(═NOR15)R16, —P(O)(OR15)(OR16), —N(R15)(R16), -alkyl-N(R15)(R16), —N(R15)C(O)R16, —CH2—N(R15)C(O)R16, —CH2—N(R15)C(O)N(R16)(R17). —CH2N(R15)(R16), —N(R15)S(O)R16, —N(R15)S(O)2R16, —CH2—N(R15)S(O)2R16, —N(R15)S(O)2N(R16)(R17), —N(R15)S(O)N(R16)(R17), —N(R15)C(O)N(R16)(R17), —CH2—N(R15)C(O)N(R16)(R17), —N(R15)C(O)OR16, —CH2—N(R15)C(O)OR16, —S(O)R15, ═NOR15, —N3, —NO2 and —S(O)2R15; and wherein each of the alkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, alkenyl and alkynyl groups in R21 are independently unsubstituted or substituted by 1 to 5 R22 groups independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, halo, —CF3, —CN, —OR15, —C(O)R15, —C(O)OR15, -alkyl-C(O)OR15, C(O)N(R15)(R16), —SR15, —S(O)N(R15)(R16), —S(O)2N(R15)(R16), —C(═NOR15)R16, —P(O)(OR15)(OR16), —N(R15)(R16), -alkyl-N(R15)(R16), —N(R15)C(O)R16, —CH2—N(R15)C(O)R16, —N(R15)S(O)R16, —N(R15)S(O)2R16, —CH2—N(R15)S(O)2R16, —N(R15)S(O)2N(R16)(R17), —N(R15)S(O)N(R16)(R17), —N(R15)C(O)N(R16)(R17), —CH2—N(R15)C(O)N(R16)(R17), —N(R15)C(O)OR16, —CH2—N(R15)C(O)OR16, —N3, ═NOR15, —NO2, —S(O)R15 and —S(O)2R15;
or two R21 or two R22 moieties on adjacent carbons can be linked together to form
and when R21 or R22 are selected from the group consisting of —C(═NOR15)R16, —N(R15)C(O)R16, —CH2—N(R15)C(O)R16, —N(R15)S(O)R16, —N(R15)S(O)2R16, —CH2—N(R15)S(O)2R16, —N(R15)S(O)2N(R16)(R17), —N(R15)S(O)N(R16)(R17), —N(R15)C(O)N(R16)(R17), —CH2—N(R15)C(O)N(R16)(R17), —N(R15)C(O)OR16 and —CH2—N(R15)C(O)OR16, R15 and R16 together can be a C2 to C4 chain wherein, optionally, one, two or three ring carbons can be replaced by —C(O)— or —N(H)— and R15 and R16, together with the atoms to which they are attached, form a 5 to 7 membered ring, optionally substituted by R23;
R23 is 1 to 5 groups independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, cycloalkenyl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, halo, —CN, —OR24, —C(O)R24, —C(O)OR24, —C(O)N(R24)(R25), —SR24, —S(O)N(R24)(R25), —S(O)2N(R24)(R25), —C(═NOR24)R25, —P(O)(OR24)(OR25), —N(R24)(R25), -alkyl-N(R24)(R25), —N(R24)C(O)R25, —CH2—N(R24)C(O)R25, —N(R24)S(O)R25, —N(R24)S(O)2R25, —CH2—N(R24)S(O)2R25, —N(R24)C(O)N(R25)(R26), —N(R24)S(O)2N(R25)(R26), —N(R24)S(O)N(R25)(R26), —CH2—N(R24)C(O)N(R25)(R26), —N(R24)C(O)OR25, —CH2—N(R24)C(O)OR25, —S(O)R24 and —S(O)2R24; and wherein each of the alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, alkenyl and alkynyl groups in R23 are independently unsubstituted or substituted by 1 to 5 R27 groups independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, halo, —CF3, —CN, —OR24, —C(O)R24, —C(O)OR24, alkyl-C(O)OR24, C(O)N(R24)(R25), —SR24, —S(O)N(R24)(R25), —S(O)2N(R24)(R25), —C(═NOR24)R25, —P(O)(OR24)(OR26), —N(R24)(R25), -alkyl-N(R24)(R25), —N(R24)C(O)R26, —CH2—N(R24)C(O)R25, —N(R24)S(O)R25, —N(R24)S(O)2R25, —CH2—N(R24)S(O)2R25, —N(R24)S(O)2N(R25)(R26), —N(R24)S(O)N(R25)(R26), —N(R24)C(O)N(R25)(R26), —CH2—N(R24)C(O)N(R25)(R26), —N(R24)C(O)OR25, —CF12—N(R24)C(O)OR25, —S(O)R24 and —S(O)2R24;
R24, R25 and R26 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, arylcycloalkyl, R27-alkyl, R27-cycloalkyl, R27-cycloalkylalkyl, R27-heterocycloalkyl, R27-heterocycloalkylalkyl, R27-aryl, R27-arylalkyl, R27-heteroaryl and R27-heteroarylalkyl;
R27 is 1-5 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, —NO2, halo, —CF3, —CN, alkyl-CN, —C(O)R28, —C(O)OH, —C(O)OR28, —C(O)NHR29, —C(O)N(alkyl)2, —C(O)N(alkyl)(aryl), —C(O)N(alkyl)(heteroaryl), —SR28, —S(O)2R29, —S(O)NH2, —S(O)NH(alkyl), —S(O)N(alkyl)(alkyl), —S(O)NH(aryl), —S(O)2NH2, —S(O)2NHR28, —S(O)2NH(aryl), —S(O)2NH(heterocycloalkyl), —S(O)2N(alkyl)2, —S(O)2N(alkyl)(aryl), —OH, —OR29, —O-heterocycloalkyl, —O-cycloalkylalkyl, —O-heterocycloalkylalkyl, —NH2, —NHR29, —N(alkyl)2, —N(arylalkyl)2, —N(arylalkyl)(heteroarylalkyl), —NHC(O)R29, —NHC(O)NH2, —NHC(O)NH(alkyl), —NHC(O)N(alkyl)(alkyl), —N(alkyl)C(O)NH(alkyl), —N(alkyl)C(O)N(alkyl)(alkyl), —NHS(O)2R29, —NHS(O)2NH(alkyl), —NHS(O)2N(alkyl)(alkyl), —N(alkyl)S(O)2NH(alkyl) and —N(alkyl)S(O)2N(alkyl)(alkyl);
R28 is alkyl, cycloalkyl, arylalkyl or heteroarylalkyl; and
R29 is alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroaryl or heteroarylalkyl.
Another embodiment of the invention is a process for preparing a compound of Formula B:
the process comprising the steps of:
(a) reacting the compound of Formula A:
with R3—X in a solvent in the presence of a base, optionally with ZnCl2, and a palladium/phosphine catalyst at about −78 to 0° C., wherein X is CI, Br, I, or OTf;
(b) raising the temperature of the reaction mixture to about 50-100° C.; and
(c) treating with an acid, to provide the compound of Formula B, wherein
W is —C(O)— or —S(O)2—;
R1 is selected from the group consisting of alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, aryl and heteroaryl;
R3 is selected from the group consisting of aryl, heteroaryl and alkenyl; and
R6 and R7 are selected from the group consisting of H, aryl, heteroaryl, alkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkylalkyl, arylalkyl and heteroarylalkyl.
In another embodiment of the process to prepare the compound of Formula B the solvent is an ether (e.g. THF, diethyl ether), hydrocarbon (e.g. toluene), amide
(e.g. DMF) or sulfoxide (e.g. DMSO).
In another embodiment of the process to prepare the compound of Formula B, the palladium/phosphine catalyst is Pd2(dba)3, PdCl2, PdOAc2/Davephos, 1,2,3,4,5-pentaphenyl-V-(di-tert-butylphosphino)ferrocene (Q-phos), Bis(2-diphenylphosphinophenyl)ether, 9,9-Dimethyl-4,5-bis(diphenylphoshino)xanthene, 2,2′-Bis(diphenylphosphino)-1,1′-binaphthyl, 1,1′-Bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene, 1,4-Bis(diphenylphosphino)butane, 1-dicyclohexylphosphino-2-di-tert-butylphosphinoethylferrocene (CyPF-tBu), Bis(2-diphenylphosphinophenyl)ether (DPEphos), 9,9-Dimethyl-4,5-bis(diphenylphosphino)xanthene (Xantphos) or 1,1′-Bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene (DPPF), triphenylphosphine, 1,3-bis(diphenylphospino)propane, 1,2-bis(diphenylphosphino)ethane, 1,4-bis(diphenylphosphino)butane, tri-tertbutylphosphine, tricyclohexylphosphine, 1,1′-bis(di-tert-butylphosphino)ferrocene, 1,1′-bis(di-isopropylphosphino)ferrocene, tri-o-tolylphosphine, 1,1′-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene, di-tert-butylphenylphosphine, 2,2′-bis(diphenylphosphino)-1,1′-binaphthyl, FibreCat (e.g. Fibrecat Anchored Homogenous Catalysts, FibreCat 1001, 1007, 1026, 1032 from Johnson Matthey Catalysts) or 2-Dicyclohexylphosphino-2′,4′,6′-triisopropylbiphenyl (XPhos).
In another embodiment of the process to prepare the compound of Formula B, the acid is selected from the group consisting of trifluoroacetic acid, hydrochloric acid and hydrobromic acid.
In another embodiment of the process to prepare the compound of Formula B, X is bromide.
In another embodiment of the process to prepare the compound of Formula B, the base is selected from the group consisting of LIHMDS, LDA, BuLi, s-BuLi and tert-Butyllithium.
In the aspect of the invention relating to a combination of at least one compound of formula I with at least one cholinesterase inhibitor, acetyl- and/or butyrylchlolinesterase inhibitors can be used. Examples of cholinesterase inhibitors are tacrine, donepezil, rivastigmine, galantamine, pyridostigmine and neostigmine, with tacrine, donepezil, rivastigmine and galantamine being preferred. Preferably, these combinations are directed to the treatment of Alzheimer's disease.
In the aspect of the invention relating to a combination of at least one compound of formula I with at least one muscarinic m1 agonist or m2 antagonist can be used. Examples of m1 agonists are known in the art. Examples of m2 antagonists are also known in the art; in particular, m2 antagonists are disclosed in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,883,096; 6,037,352; 5,889,006; 6,043,255; 5,952,349; 5,935,958; 6,066,636; 5,977,138; 6,294,554; 6,043,255; and 6,458,812; and in WO 03/031412, all of which are incorporated herein by reference.
In other aspects of the invention relating to a combination of at least one compound of formula I and at least one other agent, for example a beta secretase inhibitor; a gamma secretase inhibitor; an HMG-CoA reductase inhibitor such as atorvastatin, lovastatin, simvistatin, pravastatin, fluvastatin and rosuvastatin; cholesterol absorption inhibitors such as ezetimibe; non-steroidal anti-inflammatory agents such as, but not necessarily limited to ibuprofen, relafen or naproxen; N-methyl-D-aspartate receptor antagonists such as memantine; anti-amyloid antibodies including humanized monoclonal antibodies; vitamin E; nicotinic acetylcholine receptor agonists; CB1 receptor inverse agonists or CB1 receptor antagonists; antibiotics such as doxycycline; growth hormone secretagogues; histamine H3 antagonists; AMPA agonists; PDE4 inhibitors; GABAA inverse agonists; inhibitors of amyloid aggregation; glycogen synthase kinase beta inhibitors; promoters of alpha secretase activity. Preferably, these combinations are directed to the treatment of Alzheimer's disease.
For preparing pharmaceutical compositions from the compounds described by this invention, inert, pharmaceutically acceptable carriers can be either solid or liquid. Solid form preparations include powders, tablets, dispersible granules, capsules, cachets and suppositories. The powders and tablets may be comprised of from about 5 to about 95 percent active ingredient. Suitable solid carriers are known in the art, e.g. magnesium carbonate, magnesium stearate, talc, sugar or lactose. Tablets, powders, cachets and capsules can be used as solid dosage forms suitable for oral administration. Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable carriers and methods of manufacture for various compositions may be found in A. Gennaro (ed.), Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 18th Edition, (1990), Mack Publishing Co., Easton, Pa.
Liquid form preparations include solutions, suspensions and emulsions. As an example may be mentioned water or water-propylene glycol solutions for parenteral injection or addition of sweeteners and opacifiers for oral solutions, suspensions and emulsions. Liquid form preparations may also include solutions for intranasal administration.
Aerosol preparations suitable for inhalation may include solutions and solids in powder form, which may be in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, such as an inert compressed gas, e.g. nitrogen.
Also included are solid form preparations which are intended to be converted, shortly before use, to liquid form preparations for either oral or parenteral administration. Such liquid forms include solutions, suspensions and emulsions.
The compounds of the invention may also be deliverable transdermally. The transdermal compositions can take the form of creams, lotions, aerosols and/or emulsions and can be included in a transdermal patch of the matrix or reservoir type as are conventional in the art for this purpose.
Preferably the compound is administered orally.
Preferably, the pharmaceutical preparation is in a unit dosage form. In such form, the preparation is subdivided into suitably sized unit doses containing appropriate quantities of the active component, e.g., an effective amount to achieve the desired purpose.
The quantity of active compound in a unit dose of preparation may be varied or adjusted from about 1 mg to about 100 mg, preferably from about 1 mg to about 50 mg, more preferably from about 1 mg to about 25 mg, according to the particular application.
The actual dosage employed may be varied depending upon the requirements of the patient and the severity of the condition being treated. Determination of the proper dosage regimen for a particular situation is within the skill of the art. For convenience, the total daily dosage may be divided and administered in portions during the day as required.
The amount and frequency of administration of the compounds of the invention and/or the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof will be regulated according to the judgment of the attending clinician considering such factors as age, condition and size of the patient as well as severity of the symptoms being treated. A typical recommended daily dosage regimen for oral administration can range from about 1 mg/day to about 300 mg/day, preferably 1 mg/day to 50 mg/day, in two to four divided doses.
When a compound of formula I is used in combination with a cholinesterase inhibitor to treat cognitive disorders, these two active components may be co-administered simultaneously or sequentially, or a single pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of formula I and a cholinesterase inhibitor in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier can be administered. The components of the combination can be administered individually or together in any conventional oral or parenteral dosage form such as capsule, tablet, powder, cachet, suspension, solution, suppository, nasal spray, etc. The dosage of the cholinesterase inhibitor can be determined from published material, and may range from 0.001 to 100 mg/kg body weight.
When separate pharmaceutical compositions of a compound of formula I and a cholinesterase inhibitor are to be administered, they can be provided in a kit comprising in a single package, one container comprising a compound of formula I in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, and a separate container comprising a cholinesterase inhibitor in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, with the compound of formula I and the cholinesterase inhibitor being present in amounts such that the combination is therapeutically effective. A kit is advantageous for administering a combination when, for example, the components must be administered at different time intervals or when they are in different dosage forms.
While the present invention has been described in conjunction with the specific embodiments set forth above, many alternatives, modifications and variations thereof will be apparent to those of ordinary skill in the art. All such alternatives, modifications and variations are intended to fall within the spirit and scope of the present invention.
This application is a Divisional application of U.S. patent application Ser. No. 12/693,874, filed Jan. 26, 2010, pending, which is a Divisional application of U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/710,582, filed Feb. 23, 2007, U.S. Pat. No. 7,763,609, incorporated herein by reference.
| Number | Name | Date | Kind |
|---|---|---|---|
| 3197476 | Erner | Jul 1965 | A |
| 3200123 | Richardson et. al. | Aug 1965 | A |
| 3632814 | Richter et al. | Jan 1972 | A |
| 5338740 | Carpino et al. | Aug 1994 | A |
| 5391560 | Fuchs et al. | Feb 1995 | A |
| 5534520 | Fisher et al. | Jul 1996 | A |
| 5731431 | Nakagawa et al. | Mar 1998 | A |
| 5883096 | Lowe et al. | Mar 1999 | A |
| 5889006 | Lowe et al. | Mar 1999 | A |
| 5935958 | Kazlowski et al. | Aug 1999 | A |
| 5952349 | Asberom et al. | Sep 1999 | A |
| 5977138 | Wang et al. | Nov 1999 | A |
| 6037352 | Lowe et al. | Mar 2000 | A |
| 6043255 | Lowe et al. | Mar 2000 | A |
| 6066636 | Kazlowski et al. | May 2000 | A |
| 6087509 | Claussner et al. | Jul 2000 | A |
| 6294554 | Clader et al. | Sep 2001 | B1 |
| 6344473 | Hansen, Jr. et al. | Feb 2002 | B1 |
| 6458812 | McKittrick et al. | Oct 2002 | B1 |
| 6713276 | Cordell et al. | Mar 2004 | B2 |
| 7183070 | Cordell et al. | Feb 2007 | B2 |
| 7223774 | Aquino et al. | May 2007 | B2 |
| 7238774 | Peters et al. | Jul 2007 | B2 |
| 7241786 | Chen | Jul 2007 | B2 |
| 7244606 | Chou et al. | Jul 2007 | B2 |
| 7244708 | Tang et al. | Jul 2007 | B2 |
| 7244725 | John et al. | Jul 2007 | B2 |
| 7244755 | Fisher et al. | Jul 2007 | B2 |
| 7244757 | Chen | Jul 2007 | B2 |
| 7253195 | Chen | Aug 2007 | B2 |
| 7253198 | Demont et al. | Aug 2007 | B2 |
| 7273882 | Gerritz et al. | Sep 2007 | B2 |
| 7276484 | John et al. | Oct 2007 | B2 |
| 7285682 | Hu | Oct 2007 | B2 |
| 7291620 | Coburn et al. | Nov 2007 | B2 |
| 7300936 | Parker et al. | Nov 2007 | B2 |
| 7312188 | Kiso | Dec 2007 | B2 |
| 7312360 | TenBrink et al. | Dec 2007 | B2 |
| 7335632 | Ghosh et al. | Feb 2008 | B2 |
| 7338965 | Moon et al. | Mar 2008 | B2 |
| 7338974 | Marcin et al. | Mar 2008 | B2 |
| 7354933 | Patek et al. | Apr 2008 | B2 |
| 7388007 | Thompson, III et al. | Jun 2008 | B2 |
| 7390802 | Han et al. | Jun 2008 | B2 |
| 7390896 | Olson et al. | Jun 2008 | B2 |
| 7390925 | Wu et al. | Jun 2008 | B2 |
| 7408071 | Boy et al. | Aug 2008 | B2 |
| 7417047 | Malamas et al. | Aug 2008 | B2 |
| 7423158 | Malamas et al. | Sep 2008 | B2 |
| 7488832 | Cole et al. | Feb 2009 | B2 |
| 7560451 | Zhu et al. | Jul 2009 | B2 |
| 7592348 | Zhu et al. | Sep 2009 | B2 |
| 7598250 | Cumming et al. | Oct 2009 | B2 |
| 7652003 | Stamford et al. | Jan 2010 | B2 |
| 7662816 | Cumming et al. | Feb 2010 | B2 |
| 7700603 | Zhu et al. | Apr 2010 | B2 |
| 7759353 | Zhu et al. | Jul 2010 | B2 |
| 7759354 | Zhu et al. | Jul 2010 | B2 |
| 7763606 | Zhu et al. | Jul 2010 | B2 |
| 7763709 | Zhu et al. | Jul 2010 | B2 |
| 7803802 | Huang et al. | Sep 2010 | B2 |
| 7812013 | Iserloh et al. | Oct 2010 | B2 |
| 7868000 | Zhu et al. | Jan 2011 | B2 |
| 7910590 | Cumming et al. | Mar 2011 | B2 |
| 7973067 | Zhu et al. | Jul 2011 | B2 |
| 8012953 | Stamford et al. | Sep 2011 | B2 |
| 8012960 | Zhu et al. | Sep 2011 | B2 |
| 20050171112 | Schulz et al. | Aug 2005 | A1 |
| 20050282825 | Malamas et al. | Dec 2005 | A1 |
| 20050282826 | Malamas et al. | Dec 2005 | A1 |
| 20060034848 | Kinoshita et al. | Feb 2006 | A1 |
| 20060046984 | Thompson, III et al. | Mar 2006 | A1 |
| 20060111370 | Zhu et al. | May 2006 | A1 |
| 20060173049 | Malamas et al. | Aug 2006 | A1 |
| 20060183790 | Cole et al. | Aug 2006 | A1 |
| 20060183792 | Fobare et al. | Aug 2006 | A1 |
| 20060183943 | Hu | Aug 2006 | A1 |
| 20060287287 | Gerritz et al. | Dec 2006 | A1 |
| 20070004730 | Zhou et al. | Jan 2007 | A1 |
| 20070004786 | Malamas et al. | Jan 2007 | A1 |
| 20070027199 | Malamas et al. | Feb 2007 | A1 |
| 20070037868 | Marcin et al. | Feb 2007 | A1 |
| 20070049589 | Thompson, III et al. | Mar 2007 | A1 |
| 20070072925 | Malamas et al. | Mar 2007 | A1 |
| 20070117793 | Ghosh et al. | May 2007 | A1 |
| 20070142634 | Barrow et al. | Jun 2007 | A1 |
| 20070149584 | John et al. | Jun 2007 | A9 |
| 20070167433 | Herold et al. | Jul 2007 | A1 |
| 20070173521 | Xue et al. | Jul 2007 | A1 |
| 20070185133 | Zhong et al. | Aug 2007 | A1 |
| 20070185273 | Albrecht et al. | Aug 2007 | A1 |
| 20070203116 | Quagliato et al. | Aug 2007 | A1 |
| 20070203147 | Coburn et al. | Aug 2007 | A1 |
| 20070213316 | John et al. | Sep 2007 | A1 |
| 20070213331 | Dally et al. | Sep 2007 | A1 |
| 20070213407 | John et al. | Sep 2007 | A1 |
| 20070225267 | Broughton et al. | Sep 2007 | A1 |
| 20070225372 | Melendo et al. | Sep 2007 | A1 |
| 20070225374 | Tucker | Sep 2007 | A1 |
| 20070232581 | Wu et al. | Oct 2007 | A1 |
| 20070232630 | Baxter et al. | Oct 2007 | A1 |
| 20070232642 | Baxter et al. | Oct 2007 | A1 |
| 20070232679 | Boy et al. | Oct 2007 | A1 |
| 20070259898 | Baxter et al. | Nov 2007 | A1 |
| 20070270426 | Hagan et al. | Nov 2007 | A1 |
| 20070270474 | Chen et al. | Nov 2007 | A1 |
| 20070299087 | Berg et al. | Dec 2007 | A1 |
| 20070299093 | Rosini et al. | Dec 2007 | A1 |
| 20070299117 | Fisher et al. | Dec 2007 | A1 |
| 20070299263 | Freskos et al. | Dec 2007 | A1 |
| 20080015213 | Nantermet et al. | Jan 2008 | A1 |
| 20080015233 | Barrow et al. | Jan 2008 | A1 |
| 20080021196 | Tang et al. | Jan 2008 | A1 |
| 20080036196 | Steenblik et al. | Feb 2008 | A1 |
| 20080051390 | Malamas et al. | Feb 2008 | A1 |
| 20080051420 | Berg et al. | Feb 2008 | A1 |
| 20080058336 | Ham et al. | Mar 2008 | A1 |
| 20080058349 | Berg et al. | Mar 2008 | A1 |
| 20080076801 | Yan et al. | Mar 2008 | A1 |
| 20080153846 | Coburn et al. | Jun 2008 | A1 |
| 20080153868 | Thompson et al. | Jun 2008 | A1 |
| 20080161269 | Berg et al. | Jul 2008 | A1 |
| 20080161325 | Fabian et al. | Jul 2008 | A1 |
| 20080161363 | Coburn et al. | Jul 2008 | A1 |
| 20080166332 | Pulley et al. | Jul 2008 | A1 |
| 20080200445 | Zhu et al. | Aug 2008 | A1 |
| 20080214526 | Lerchner et al. | Sep 2008 | A1 |
| 20080214577 | Berg et al. | Sep 2008 | A1 |
| 20080215249 | Benson et al. | Sep 2008 | A1 |
| 20080255172 | Su et al. | Oct 2008 | A1 |
| 20090023762 | Berg et al. | Jan 2009 | A1 |
| 20090029960 | Betschart et al. | Jan 2009 | A1 |
| 20090042867 | Fuchs et al. | Feb 2009 | A1 |
| 20090042908 | Zhou et al. | Feb 2009 | A1 |
| 20090042912 | Malamas et al. | Feb 2009 | A1 |
| 20090042961 | John et al. | Feb 2009 | A1 |
| 20090042964 | Malamas et al. | Feb 2009 | A1 |
| 20090062282 | Albert et al. | Mar 2009 | A1 |
| 20110009395 | Audia et al. | Jan 2011 | A1 |
| 20110046122 | Andreini et al. | Feb 2011 | A1 |
| Number | Date | Country |
|---|---|---|
| 0231919 | Mar 1987 | EP |
| 0361341 | Apr 1990 | EP |
| 0 512 817 | Nov 1992 | EP |
| 0763054 | Mar 1997 | EP |
| 0 969 011 | Jan 2000 | EP |
| 1942105 | Jul 2008 | EP |
| 20081942101 | Jul 2008 | EP |
| 198903842 | May 1989 | WO |
| 199004917 | May 1990 | WO |
| 9705137 | Feb 1997 | WO |
| 0107440 | Feb 2001 | WO |
| 0202512 | Jan 2002 | WO |
| 0202518 | Jan 2002 | WO |
| 0202520 | Jan 2002 | WO |
| 0207419 | Jan 2002 | WO |
| 0288101 | Jan 2002 | WO |
| 2002002505 | Jan 2002 | WO |
| 2002002506 | Jan 2002 | WO |
| 0212243 | Feb 2002 | WO |
| 02062803 | Aug 2002 | WO |
| 02074719 | Sep 2002 | WO |
| 2003031412 | Apr 2003 | WO |
| 2003035613 | May 2003 | WO |
| 2003106405 | Dec 2003 | WO |
| 2003106405 | Dec 2003 | WO |
| 2005016876 | Feb 2005 | WO |
| 2005013020 | Feb 2005 | WO |
| 2005058311 | Jun 2005 | WO |
| 2005097767 | Oct 2005 | WO |
| 2005103020 | Nov 2005 | WO |
| 2005108391 | Nov 2005 | WO |
| 2005103043 | Nov 2005 | WO |
| 2005113484 | Dec 2005 | WO |
| 2005113582 | Dec 2005 | WO |
| 2006002051 | Jan 2006 | WO |
| 2006009655 | Jan 2006 | WO |
| 2006002004 | Jan 2006 | WO |
| 2006009653 | Jan 2006 | WO |
| 2006014762 | Feb 2006 | WO |
| 2006014944 | Feb 2006 | WO |
| 2006017836 | Feb 2006 | WO |
| 2006017844 | Feb 2006 | WO |
| 2006024932 | Mar 2006 | WO |
| 2006081072 | Mar 2006 | WO |
| 2006041404 | Apr 2006 | WO |
| 2006041405 | Apr 2006 | WO |
| 2006044497 | Apr 2006 | WO |
| 2006041404 | Apr 2006 | WO |
| 2006065277 | Jun 2006 | WO |
| 2006076284 | Jul 2006 | WO |
| 2006058724 | Aug 2006 | WO |
| 2006080043 | Aug 2006 | WO |
| 2006099352 | Sep 2006 | WO |
| 2006138192 | Dec 2006 | WO |
| 2006138195 | Dec 2006 | WO |
| 2006138217 | Dec 2006 | WO |
| 2006138230 | Dec 2006 | WO |
| 2006138264 | Dec 2006 | WO |
| 2006138265 | Dec 2006 | WO |
| 2006138266 | Dec 2006 | WO |
| 2007005366 | Jan 2007 | WO |
| 2007005404 | Jan 2007 | WO |
| 2007002214 | Jan 2007 | WO |
| 2005014540 | Feb 2007 | WO |
| 2007016012 | Feb 2007 | WO |
| 2007017507 | Feb 2007 | WO |
| 2007017509 | Feb 2007 | WO |
| 2007017510 | Feb 2007 | WO |
| 2007017511 | Feb 2007 | WO |
| 2007038271 | Apr 2007 | WO |
| 2007050721 | May 2007 | WO |
| 2007053506 | May 2007 | WO |
| 2007058580 | May 2007 | WO |
| 2007058582 | May 2007 | WO |
| 2007058583 | May 2007 | WO |
| 2007058601 | May 2007 | WO |
| 2007058602 | May 2007 | WO |
| 2007002007 | May 2007 | WO |
| 2007058580 | May 2007 | WO |
| 2007058581 | May 2007 | WO |
| 2007058582 | May 2007 | WO |
| 2007058583 | May 2007 | WO |
| 2007058601 | May 2007 | WO |
| 2007061670 | May 2007 | WO |
| 2007061930 | May 2007 | WO |
| 2007073284 | Jun 2007 | WO |
| 2007058602 | Jun 2007 | WO |
| 2007078813 | Jul 2007 | WO |
| 2007100536 | Sep 2007 | WO |
| 2007114771 | Oct 2007 | WO |
| 2007073284 | Oct 2007 | WO |
| 2007114771 | Oct 2007 | WO |
| 2007145568 | Dec 2007 | WO |
| 2007145569 | Dec 2007 | WO |
| 2007145570 | Dec 2007 | WO |
| 2007145571 | Dec 2007 | WO |
| 2007146225 | Dec 2007 | WO |
| 2007149033 | Dec 2007 | WO |
| 2007120096 | Dec 2007 | WO |
| 2007145568 | Dec 2007 | WO |
| 2007145569 | Dec 2007 | WO |
| 2007145570 | Dec 2007 | WO |
| 2007146225 | Dec 2007 | WO |
| 2007149033 | Dec 2007 | WO |
| 2008022024 | Feb 2008 | WO |
| 2008063114 | May 2008 | WO |
| 2008063114 | May 2008 | WO |
| 2008076043 | May 2008 | WO |
| 2008076044 | May 2008 | WO |
| 2008073365 | Jun 2008 | WO |
| 2008073370 | Jun 2008 | WO |
| 2008076043 | Jun 2008 | WO |
| 2008076044 | Jun 2008 | WO |
| 2008076045 | Jun 2008 | WO |
| 2008076046 | Jun 2008 | WO |
| 2008076045 | Jun 2008 | WO |
| 2008076046 | Jun 2008 | WO |
| 2009091016 | Jul 2008 | WO |
| 2008092785 | Aug 2008 | WO |
| 2008103351 | Aug 2008 | WO |
| 2008115552 | Sep 2008 | WO |
| 2008118379 | Oct 2008 | WO |
| 2009005470 | Jan 2009 | WO |
| 2009007300 | Jan 2009 | WO |
| 2009022961 | Feb 2009 | WO |
| 2009092566 | Jul 2009 | WO |
| 2011009897 | Jul 2009 | WO |
| 2010030954 | Mar 2010 | WO |
| 2010042892 | Apr 2010 | WO |
| 2011009898 | Jan 2011 | WO |
| 2011044057 | Apr 2011 | WO |
| 2011044181 | Apr 2011 | WO |
| 2011044184 | Apr 2011 | WO |
| 2011044185 | Apr 2011 | WO |
| 2011044187 | Apr 2011 | WO |
| 2011063233 | May 2011 | WO |
| 2011063272 | May 2011 | WO |
| 2011115928 | Sep 2011 | WO |
| 2011115938 | Sep 2011 | WO |
| Entry |
|---|
| US 5,853,029, 12/1998, Fisher et al. (withdrawn) |
| Salome Younes, et al., Synthesis and Structure-activity Relationship of Novel Arylalkyl 4-benzyl Piperazine Derivatives as O Site Selective Ligands, Eur. J. Med. Chem., 35, 107-121, table II (2000). |
| PCT International Search Report dated Apr. 26, 2012 for related International Application No. PCT/US2011/053194; 1 page. |
| Written Opinion of the PCT International Search Report dated Apr. 26, 2012 for related International Application No. PCT/US2011/053194; 2 pages. |
| Bhave et al., “Peripheral group I metabotropic glutamate receptors modulate nociception in mice”, Nature Neuroscience, (2001) vol. 4, pp. 417-423. |
| Bousquet E. et al., Synthesis and Pharmacological Activity of 3-Substituted Pyrido(3', 2':4,5)Thieno(3,2-d) Pyrimidin-4(3H)-Ones, Farmaco, Edizione Scientifica, Societa Chimica Italiana, Pavia, IT, (1984) vol. 39, No. 2, pp. 110-119. |
| Dolan et al., “Behavioral evidence supporting a differential role for spinal group I and II metabotropic glutamate receptors in inflammatory hyperalgesia in sheep”, Neuropharmacology, (2002) vol. 43, pp. 319-326. |
| Dolan et al., “Up-regulation of metabotropic glutamate receptor subtypes 3 and 5 in spinal cord in a clinical model of persistent inflammation and hyperalgesia”, Pain, (2003), vol. 106, pp. 501-512. |
| Fisher et al., “Hyperalgesia and allodynia induced by intrathecal (RS)-dihydroxyphenylglycine in rats”, NeuroReport, (1998) vol. 9, pp. 1169-1172. |
| Fundytus et al., “Antisense oligonucleotide knockdown of mGluR1 alleviates hyperalgesia and allodynia associated with chronic inflammation”, Pharmacology, Biochemistry and Behavior, (2002) vol. 73, pp. 401-140. |
| Fundytus et al., “In vivo antinociceptive activity of anti-rate mGluR1 and mGluR5 antibodies in rats”, NeuroReport, (1998) vol. 9, pp. 731-735. |
| Fundytus et al., “Knockdown of spinal metabotropic glutamate receptor 1 (mGluR1) alleviates pain and restores opioid efficacy after nerve injury in rats”, British Journal of Pharmacology, (2001) vol. 132, pp. 354-367. |
| Mills and Hulsebosch, “Increased expression of metabotropic glutamate receptor subtype 1 on spinothalamic tract neurons following spinal cord injury in the rat”, Neuroscience Letters (2002) vol. 319, pp. 59-62. |
| Neugebauer et al., “Peripheral metabotropic glutamate receptors: fight the pain where it hurts”, Trends in Neurosciences, (2001) vol. 24, pp. 550-552. |
| Neugebauer et al., “Role of Metabotropic Glutamate Receptor Subtype mGluR1 in Brief Nociception and Central Sensitization of Primate STT Cells”, Journal of Neurophysiology, (1999) vol. 82, pp. 272-282. |
| Tacconi G et al., “Indolizzazione di 3-piridilidrazoni della 2,3-dichetopiperidina”, Annali Di Chimica, Societa Chimica Italiana, Rome, IT, (1965) vol. 55, No. 12, pp. 1223-1232. |
| Young et al., “Antisense Ablation of Type I Metabotropic Glutamate Receptor mGluR1 Inhibits Spinal Nociceptive Transmission”, The Journal of Neuroscience, (1998) vol. 18, pp. 10180-10188. |
| Young et al., “Behavioural and electrophysiological evidence supporting a role for group I metabotropic glutamate receptors in the mediation of nociceptive inputs to the rat spinal cord”, (1997) vol. 777, pp. 161-169. |
| Young et al., “Evidence for a Role of Metabotropic Glutamate Receptors in Sustained Nociceptive Inputs to Rat Dorsal Horn Neurons”, Neuropharmacology, (1994), vol. 33, pp. 141-144. |
| Zheng G.Z. et al., “Structure — Activity Relationship of Triazafluorenone Derivatives as Potent and Selective mGluR1 Antagonists”, Journal of Medicinal Chemistry, American Chemical Society, Washington, US, (2005) vol. 48, No. 48, pp. 7374-7388. |
| Chemical Abstracts Service, Columbus, Ohio; Mar. 2, 2005 —XP002428679; Database accession No. 840457-75-2; abstract; compounds 840457-75-2. |
| Chemical Abstracts Service, Columbus, Ohio; Feb. 24, 2005 — XP002428680; Database accession No. 836632-30-5; abstract; compounds 836632-30-5. |
| Chemical Abstracts Service, Columbus, Ohio; Dec. 20, 2004 — XP002428681; Database accession No. 799818-75-0; abstract; compounds 799818-75-0. |
| Chemical Abstracts Service, Columbus, Ohio; Dec. 20, 2004 — XP002428682; Database accession No. 799809-04-4; abstract; compounds 799809-04-4. |
| Chemical Abstracts Service, Columbus, Ohio; Dec. 20, 2004 — XP002428683; Database accession No. 799778-39-5; abstract; compounds 799778-39-5. |
| Chemical Abstracts Service, Columbus, Ohio; Jun. 21, 2004 — XP002428684; Database accession No. 696658-55-6; abstract; compounds 696658-55-6. |
| Chemical Abstracts Service, Columbus, Ohio; Apr. 12, 2004 — XP002428685; Database accession No. 674332-81-1; abstract; compounds 674332-81-1. |
| Chemical Abstracts Service, Columbus, Ohio; Apr. 9, 2004 — XP002428686; Database accession No. 673495-74-4; abstract; compounds 673495-74-4. |
| Chemical Abstracts Service, Columbus, Ohio; Apr. 9, 2004 — XP002428687; Database accession No. 673493-15-7; abstract; compounds 673493-15-7. |
| Chemical Abstracts Service, Columbus, Ohio; Apr. 9, 2004 — XP002428688; Database accession No. 673489-94-6; abstract; compounds 673489-94-6. |
| Chemical Abstracts Service, Columbus, Ohio; Apr. 8, 2004 — XP002428689; Database accession No. 672920-18-2; abstract; compounds 672920-18-2. |
| Chemical Abstracts Service, Columbus, Ohio; Apr. 7, 2004 — XP002428690; Database accession No. 672281-18-4; abstract; compounds 672281-18-4. |
| Chemical Abstracts Service, Columbus, Ohio; Apr. 7, 2004 — XP002428691; Database accession No. 672264-77-6; abstract; compounds 672264-77-6. |
| Chemical Abstracts Service, Columbus, Ohio; Mar. 23, 2003 — XP002428692; Database accession No. 500276-33-5; abstract; compounds 500276-33-5. |
| Chemical Abstracts Service, Columbus, Ohio; Mar. 3, 2003 — XP002428693; Database accession No. 496771-54-1; abstract; compounds 496771-54-1. |
| Chemical Abstracts Service, Columbus, Ohio; Feb. 12, 2003 — XP002428694; Database accession No. 488801-73-6; abstract; compounds 488801-73-6. |
| Chemical Abstracts Service, Columbus, Ohio; Feb. 11, 2003 — XP002428695; Database accession No. 488723-48-4; abstract; compounds 488723-48-4. |
| Chemical Abstracts Service, Columbus, Ohio; Nov. 20, 2001 — XP002428696; Database accession No. 371134-99-5; abstract; compounds 371134-99-5. |
| International Search Report for International Application No. PCT/US2005/020972, mailed Oct. 26, 2005 (5 pages). |
| International Search Report for International Application No. PCT/US2006/046943, mailed Aug. 30, 2007 (5 pages). |
| International Search Report for International Application No. PCT/US2006/031972, mailed Jan. 16, 2007 (4 pages). |
| International Search Report for International Application No. PCT/US2006/031944, mailed Feb. 13, 2007 (5 pages). |
| International Search Report for International Application No. PCT/US2006/036858, mailed Apr. 24, 2007 (6 pages). |
| Attachment “A” Forms PTO/SB/08a (08-03) and PTO/SB/08b (08-03) for U.S. Appl. No. 11/152,535, filed Jun. 14, 2005 (Julius J. Matasi), 2 pages. |
| Attachment “B” U.S. Appl. No. 11/152,535, p. 1 of 1. |
| Attachment “C” Form PTO/SB/08a (08-03) and PTO/SB/08B (08-03) for U.S. Appl. No. 11/301,672, filed Dec. 13, 2005 (Julius J. Matasi et al.), 2 pages. |
| Attachment “D” Forms PTO/SB/08a (08-03) and PTO/SB/08b (08-03) for U.S. Appl. No. 11/505,140, filed Aug. 16, 2006 (Chad E. Bennett, et al.), 3 pages. |
| Barton, H.J, et al., “On the Structure of some Substituted 4,6-Pyrimidinediones”, Polish J. Chem., 1995, pp. 235-245, vol. 69. |
| Berge, Stephen M, et al, “Pharmaceutical Salts”, Journal of Pharmaceutical Sciences, 1977, pp. 1-19, vol. 66, No. 1. |
| Bingham, Ann L, et al., “Over one hundred solvates of sulfathiazolet”, Chem. Commun., 2001, pp. 603-604. |
| Caira, Mino R, et al., “Preparation and Crystal Characterization of a Polymorph, a Monohydrate, and an Ethyl Acetate Solvate of the Antifungal Fluconazole”, Journal of Pharmaceutical Sciences, 2004, pp. 601-611, vol. 93, No. 3. |
| Coldham, lain, et al., “Synthesis of the ABC Ring System of Manzamine A”, J. Org. Chem., 2002, pp. 6181-6187, vol. 67, No. 17. |
| Garratt, Peter J, et al., “A Novel Synthesis of Dihydropyrimidines”, J. Chem. Soc., Chem. Commun., 1987, pp. 568-569. |
| Gould, Philip L, “Salt selection for basic drugs”, International Journal of Pharmaceutics, 1986, pp. 201-217, vol. 33. |
| Hasegawa, Kiyoshi, et al., “The Synthesis of the 1,2,4-Thiadiazine-1,1-dioxides1)”, Bulletin of The Chemical Society of Japan, 1972, pp. 1893-1896, vol. 45, No. 6. |
| Hussein, Ahmad Q, et al., “Synthesen von α-Bromisothiocyanaten” Chem. Ber. 1979, pp. 1948-1955, vol. 112, (abstract included). |
| Kwon, Chul-Hoon, et al., “Facile Synthesis of Substituted 2-Iminohydantoins”, Synthetic Communications, 1987, pp. 1677-1682, vol. 17, No. 14. |
| Merten, Rudolf, et al., “Notiz über eine neue Synthese von Derivaten des 1.4.2- Diazaphospholidins”, Chem. Ber. 1969, pp. 2143-2145, vol. 102, (abstract not included). |
| Moloney, Gerard P, et al., “A Novel Series of 2,5-Substituted Tryptamine Derivatives as Vascular 5HT1B/1D Receptor Antagonists”, J. Med. Chem., 1997, pp. 2347-2362, vol. 40, No. 15. |
| Na, Byoung-Kuk, et al., “Aspartic proteases of Plasmodium vivax are highly conserved in wild isolates”, The Korean Journal of Parasitology, 2004, pp. 61-66, vol. 42, No. 2. |
| Oparil, Suzanne, et al., “The Renin-Angiotensin System (Second of Two Parts)”, The New England Journal of Medicine, 1974, pp. 446-457, vol. 291, No. 9. |
| Page, Philip C. Bulman, et al., “A Convenient Preparation of Symmetrical and Unsymmetrical 1,2-Diketones: Application to Fluorinated Phenytoin Synthesis”, Tetrahedron, 1992, pp. 7265-7274, vol. 48, No. 35. |
| Paik, Seunguk, et al., “α-Aminosulfonopeptides as Possible Functional Analogs of Penicillin; Evidence for their Extreme Instablility”, Tetrahedron, 1996, pp. 5303-5318, vol. 52, No. 15. |
| Ugi, Ivar, Novel Methods of Preparative Organic Chemistry IV, “The α-Addition of Immonium Ions and Anions to Isonitriles Accompanied by Secondary Reactions”, Angew. Chem. Internat. Edit., 1962, pp. 8-21, vol. 1, No. 1. |
| Van Tonder, Elsa C, et al., “Preparation and Physicochemical Characterization of 5 Niclosamide Solvates and 1 Hemisolvate”, AAPS PharmSciTech, 2004, pp. 1-10, vol. 5, No. 1, Article 12. |
| Varga, László, et al., “Solution-phase parallel synthesis of 4,6-diaryl-pyrimidine-2-ylamines and 2-amino-5,5- disubstituted-3,5-dihydro-imidazol-4-ones via a rearrangement”, Tetrahedron, 2003, pp. 655-662, vol. 59. |
| Wang, Ying, et al., “Use of Polymer-Supported Pd Reagents for Rapid and Efficient Suzuki Reactions Using Microwave Heating”, American Chemical Society, Organic Letters, 2004, pp. 2793-2796, vol. 6, No. 16. |
| Weber, W. et al., “First synthesis of the main metabolite of secobarbital”, Pharmazie, 1998, pp. 771-775, vol. 53, No. 11. |
| Winkler, Jeffrey D, et al., Stereoselective Synthesis of the Tetracyclic Core of Manzamine via the Vinylogous Amide Photocycloaddition Cascade§, Tetrahedron, 1998, pp. 7045-7056, vol. 54. |
| Yu, Jin-Quan, et al., “Diverse Pathways for the Palladium(II)-Mediated Oxidation of Olefins by tert-Butylhydroperoxide”, American Chemical Society, Organic Letters, 2002, pp. 2727-2730, vol. 4, No. 16. |
| Intellectual Search Report for PCT/US2004/041700, mailed Jun. 1, 2005 (6 pages). |
| Intellectual Search Report for PCT/US2005/020446, mailed Jul. 26, 2006 (6 pages). |
| PCT Invitation to Pay Additional Fees Form for PCT/US2008/002182. Annex to Form PCT/ISA/206 Communication Relating to the Results of the Partial International Search for CN06136-02, International filing date—Feb. 20, 2008 (6 pages). |
| Balaban, Teodor Silviu, et al., “2-Aminopyrimidine Directed Self-Assembly of Zinc Porphyrins Containing Bulky 3,5Di-tert-butylphenyl Groups”, Journal of the American Chemical Society (2003), 125(14), 4233-4239; 2003:215204 (Abstract). |
| Brown, George Barremore, “Atelopidtoxin. Purification and Chemistry”, University Microfilms, Ann Arbor, Order No. 73-4474 (1972) 186 pp.; 1973:401115 (Abstract). |
| Brownlee, T.C., et al., “Infrared absorption of substituents in heterocyclic systems. X. Amine-imine tautomerism by infrared spectroscopy: Further examples”, Journal of the Chemical Society [Section] B: Physical Organic (1966), (8), 726-727; 1966:465084 (Abstract). |
| Coppola, Gary M., “Novel heterocycles. I. Synthesis and reactions of 6,7-dihydro-1H, 3H,5H-pyrido[3,2,1-ij][3,1] benzoxazine-1,3-dione”, Journal of Heterocyclic Chemistry (1978), 15 (4), 645-7; 1979:22931 (Abstract). |
| Drusvyatskaya, S.K., et al., “Synthesis and anthelmintic properties of pyrimidinoperimidines”, Khimiko-Farmatsevticheskii Zhurnal (1983), 17(2), 158-160; 1983:198150 (English Abstract). |
| Fuhrman, Frederick A., et al., “Toxin from skin of frogs of the genus Atelopus; differentiation from dendrobatid toxins”, Science (Washington, DC, United States) (1969), 165(3900), 1376-1377; 1969:521925 (Abstract). |
| Golubushina, G.M., et al., “Condensation of 2-amino-3,4,5,6-tetrahydroimidazo [4,5,1-ij]quinoline and 2-amino-2- pyrrline with β-diketones”, Khimiya Geterotsiklicheskikh Soedinenii (1972), (3), 419-421; 1972:488425 (English Abstract). |
| Henderson, R., et al., “Binding of labeled saxitoxin to the sodium channels in nerve membranes”, Journal of Physiology (Cambridge, United Kingdom) (1973), 235(3), 783-804; 1974:116904 (Abstract). |
| Huang, Minta, et al., “Accumulation of cyclic adenosine monophosphate in incubated slices of brain tissue. 2. Effects of depolarizing agents, membrane stabilizers, phosphodiesterase inhibitors, and adenosine analogs”, Journal of Medicinal Chemistry (1972), 15(5), 462-466; 1972:443058 (Abstract). |
| Iwamoto, Osamu, et al., “Total synthesis of (-)-decarbamoyloxysaxitoxin”, Angewandte Chemie, International Edition (2007), 46(45), 8625-8628; 2007:1398087 (Abstract). |
| Kim, Yong Hae, et al., “Potent Neurotoxins: Tetrodotoxin, Chiriquitoxin, and Zetekitoxin from Atelopus Frogs in Central America”, Journal of Toxicology, Toxin Reviews (2003), 22(4), 521-532; 2003:985614 (Abstract). |
| Kukla, Michael J., et al., “Synthesis and anti-HIV-1 activity of 4,5,6,7-tetrahydro-5- methylimidazo[4,5,1-jk] [1,4] benzodiazepin-2(1H)-one (TIBO) derivatives”, Journal of Medicinal Chemistry (1991), 34(11), 3187-3197; 1991:632195 (Abstract). |
| Mari, Yotsu-Yamashita, et al., “The structure of zetekitoxin from the Panamanian frog Atelopus zeteki”, Tennen Yuki Kagobutsu Toronkai Koen Yoshishu (2000), 42nd, 415-420; 2001:101914 (English Abstract). |
| Mitsumi, Minoru, et al., “Three-dimensional H-bonded networks based on mono- and tetranuclear metal-pteridine complexes”, Molecular Crystals and Liquid Crystals Science and Technology, Section A: Molecular Crystals and Liquid Crystals (1996), 276, 229-235; 1996:295932 (Abstract). |
| Nagamatsu, Kentaro, et al., “Reactions of 8-(triphenylphosphoimino)quinoline with aryl aldehydes and aryl isocyanates: formation of 2-aryl-4H-imidazo[4,5,1-ij]quinolines and related systems”, Heterocycles (2006), 69, 167-178; 2007:16172 (Abstract). |
| Poludnenko, V.G., et al., “Derivatives of 5,6-dihydro-4H-imidazo[4,5,1-i,j]quinoline. I. Synthesis and reactions of 2-amino derivatives”, Khimiya Geterotsiklicheskikh Soedinenii (1970), (10), 1410-1413; 1971:53657 (English Abstract). |
| Pozharskii, A.F., et al., “Heterocyclic analogs of pleiadiene. 53. Properties of 1,9-trimethyleneperimidine”, Khimiya Geterotsiklicheskikh Soedinenii (1981), (7), 980-982; 1981:603864 (English Abstract). |
| Price, Clayton, et al., “Macrochelation, cyclometallation and G-quartet formation: N3- and C8-bound PdII complexes of adenine and guanine”, Chemistry —A European Journal (2001), 7(6), 1194-1201; 2001:240418 (Abstract). |
| Richardson, Alfred, Jr., “The synthesis and chemistry of certain 2-substituted 5,6-dihydroimidazo-,-oxazolo-, and —thiazolo[ij]quinolines”, Journal of Organic Chemistry (1963), 28(10), 2581-2587; 1963:462271 (Abstract). |
| Roseen, Jill S., et al., “Comparison of the effects of atelopidtoxin with those of tetrodotoxin, saxitoxin, and batrachotoxin on beating of cultured chick heart cells”, Toxicon (1971), 9(4), 411-415; 1972-21760 (Abstract). |
| Shindelman, Jeffrey, et al., “Atelopidtoxin from the Panamanian frog, Atelopus zeteki”, Toxicon (1969), 7(4), 315-319; 1970:98699 (Abstract). |
| Simonov, A.M., et at., “Amination of 5,6-dihydro-4H-imidazo[4,5,1-i,j]quinoline”, Khimiya Geterotsiklicheskikh Soedinenii (1969), (3), 567; 1969:524323 (English Abstract). |
| Simonov, a.M., et al., “Derivatives of 5,6-dihydro-4H-imidazo[4,5,1-i,j]quinoline. III. Substitution reactions in a 5,6dihydro-4H-imidazo[4,5,1-H]quinoline series”, Khimiya Geterotsiklicheskikh Soedinenii (1972), (2), 242-246; 1972:140645 (English Abstract). |
| Vilar, Santiago, et al., “Probabilistic Neural Network Model for the in Silico Evaluation of Anti-HIV Activity and Mechanism of Action”, Journal of Medicinal Chemistry (2006), 49(3), 1118-1124; 2006:44967 (Abstract). |
| Werbel, Leslie M., et al., “Synthesis of 5,6-dihydro-8-methoxy-4H-imidazo[4,5,1,-ij] quinolines and some related ring systems”, Journal of Heterocyclic Chemistry (1968), 5(3), 371-378; 1968:436031 (Abstract). |
| Blennow Kaj, et al., “CSF markers for incipient Alzheimer's disease”, The Lancet Neurology, 2003, pp. 605-613, vol. 2, No. 10. |
| J.M.G. Fernández, et al., “Syntheses and Spectral Properties of β-lodoureas and 2-Amino-4,4-diphenyl-2-oxazolines”, J. Heterocyclic Chem., 1991, pp. 777-780, vol. 28. |
| J.M.G. Fernandez, et al., “Syntheses of β-iodourea derivatives of carbohydrates and glycosylamino-oxazolines”, Carbohydrate Research, 1991, pp. 21-32, vol. 216. |
| Lin, Peishan, et al., “Synthesis of Novel Guanidinoglycoside: 2-Glycosylamino 4,5-dihydro-6-pyrimidinone”, J. Org. Chem., 2001, pp. 8243-8247, vol. 66, No. 24. |
| Mota, JoséFuentes, et al., “Synthesis of N-Hetarylthiourea Derivatives of Carbohydrates”, J. Carbohydrate Chemistry, 1990, pp. 837-851, vol. 9, No. 6. |
| Talaty, Erach R., et al., “Preparation of Substituted Imidazolidinones and Hydantoins by Ring-Expansion of Aziridinones”, Synlett, 1997, pp. 683-684. vol. 6. |
| Yusoff, Mashitah M., et al., “Ring-Expansion of an Aziridinone to a Hexahydrotriazine through the Agency of a Novel Rearrangement”, Tetrahedron Letters, 1996, pp. 8695-8698, vol. 37, No. 48. |
| ROC (Taiwan) Patent Application No. 093138776 Search Report—1 page Translation. |
| Nagamatsu, Kentaro, et al., “Reactions of 8-(triphenylphosphoimino)quinoline with aryl aldehydes and aryl isocyanates: formation of 2-aryl-4H-imidazo[4,5,1-ij]guinolines and related systems”, Heterocycles (2006), 69, 167-178; 2007:16172 (Abstract). |
| Poludnenko, V.G., et al., “Derivatives of 5,6-dihydro-4H-irnidazo[4,5,1-i,j]quinoline. I. Synthesis and reactions of 2-amino derivatives”, Khimiya Geterotsiklicheskikh Soedinenii (1970), (10), 1410-13; 1971:53657 (English Abstract) E. |
| Price, Clayton, et al., “Macrochelation, cyclometallation and G-quartet formation: N3- and C8-bound PdII complexes of adenine and guanine”, Chemistry—A European Journal (2001), 7(6), 1194-1201; 2001:240418 (Abstract). |
| Richardson, Alfred, Jr. “The synthesis and chemistry of certain 2-substituted 5,6-dihydroimidazo-,-oxazolo-, and — thiazolo[ij]quinolines”, Journal of Organic Chemistry (1963), 28(10), 2581-2587; 1963:462271 (Abstract). |
| Roseen, Jill S., et al., “Comparison of the effects of atelopidtoxin with those of tetrodotoxin, saxitoxin, and batrachotoxin on beating of cultured chick heart cells”, Toxicon (1971), 9(4), 411-415; 1972:21760 (Abstract). |
| Simonov, A.M., et al., “Amination of 5,6-dihydro-4H-imidazo[4,5,1-i,j]quinoline”, Khimiya Geterotsiklicheskikh Soedinenii (1969), (3), 567; 1969:524323 (English Abstract). |
| Simonov, A.M., et al., “Derivatives of 5,6-dihydro-4H-imidazo[4,5,1-i,j]quinoline. III. Substitution reactions in a 5,6-dihydro-4H-imidazo[4,5,1-i-j]quinoline series”, Khimiya Geterotsiklicheskikh Soedinenii (1972), (2), 242-246; 1972:140645 (English Abstract). |
| International Search Report for PCT/US2006/022701, mailed Nov. 22, 2006 (3 pages). |
| Vilar, Santiago, et al., “Probabilistic Neural Network Model for the In Silica Evaluation of Anti-HIV Activity and Mechanism of Action”, Journal of Medicinal Chemistry (2006), 49(3), 1118-1124; 2006:44967 (Abstract). |
| Werbel, Leslie M., at al., “Synthesis of 5,6-dihydro-8-methoxy-4H-imidazo[4,5,1,-ij] quinolines and some related ring systems”, Journal of Heterocyclic Chemistry (1968), 5(3), 371-378; 1968:436031 (Abstract). |
| Byoung-Kuk, Na, et. al., “Aspartic proteases of Plasmodium vivax are highly conserved in wild isolates”, The Korean Journal of Parasitology, 2004, pp. 61-66, vol. 42, No. 2. |
| Oparil, Suzanne, et. al., The Renin-Angiotensin System (Second of Two Parts), the New England Journal of Medicine, 1974, pp. 446-457, vol. 291, No. 9. |
| Yasuda, Yoshiyuki, et, a., “Characterization of New Fluorogenic Substrates for the Rapid and Sensitive Assay of Cathepsin E and Cathepsin D”, J. Biochem., 1999, pp. 1137-1143, vol. 125, No, 6. |
| Vippagunta, et al., “Advanced Drug Delivery Reviews”, vol. 48, pp. 3-26. |
| Number | Date | Country | |
|---|---|---|---|
| 20120276118 A1 | Nov 2012 | US |
| Number | Date | Country | |
|---|---|---|---|
| Parent | 12693874 | Jan 2010 | US |
| Child | 13420007 | US | |
| Parent | 11710582 | Feb 2007 | US |
| Child | 12693874 | US |
